Edgar Filing: SUNTRUST BANKS INC

Document

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2018

Commission file number 001-08918

SunTrust Banks, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Georgia		58-1575035
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

303 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30308

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(800) 786-8787

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes þ No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes þ No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.



Large accelerated filer	þ	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨
		Emerging growth company	¨

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨ No þ

At July 31, 2018, 460,731,345 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $1.00 par value, were outstanding.

TABLE OF CONTENTS



		Page
GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS		i

PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION		1

Item 1.	Financial Statements (Unaudited)	2
	Consolidated Statements of Income	2
	Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income	3
	Consolidated Balance Sheets	4
	Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity	5
	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	6
	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)	7
	Note 1 - Significant Accounting Policies	7
	Note 2 - Revenue Recognition	11
	Note 3 - Federal Funds Sold and Securities Financing Activities	16
	Note 4 - Trading Assets and Liabilities and Derivative Instruments	17
	Note 5 - Securities Available for Sale	18
	Note 6 - Loans	22
	Note 7 - Allowance for Credit Losses	30
	Note 8 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets	31
	Note 9 - Other Assets	34
	Note 10 - Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities	35
	Note 11 - Net Income Per Common Share	38
	Note 12 - Income Taxes	38
	Note 13 - Employee Benefit Plans	39
	Note 14 - Guarantees	40
	Note 15 - Derivative Financial Instruments	42
	Note 16 - Fair Value Election and Measurement	50
	Note 17 - Contingencies	63
	Note 18 - Business Segment Reporting	66
	Note 19 - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss	70

Item 2.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation	72
Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	106
Item 4.	Controls and Procedures	106

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION		106

Item 1.	Legal Proceedings	106
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	106
Item 2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	107
Item 3.	Defaults Upon Senior Securities	108
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	108
Item 5.	Other Information	108
Item 6.	Exhibits	108

SIGNATURE		109

GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS

2017 Tax Act — Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017.

ABS — Asset-backed securities.

ACH — Automated clearing house.

AFS — Available for sale.

AIP — Annual Incentive Plan.

ALCO — Asset/Liability Management Committee.

ALM — Asset/Liability Management.

ALLL — Allowance for loan and lease losses.

AOCI — Accumulated other comprehensive income.

APIC — Additional paid-in capital.

ASC — Accounting Standards Codification.

ASU — Accounting Standards Update.

ATE — Additional termination event.

ATM — Automated teller machine.

Bank — SunTrust Bank.

Basel III — the Third Basel Accord, a comprehensive set of reform measures developed by the BCBS.

BCBS — Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.

BHC — Bank holding company.

Board — the Company’s Board of Directors.

bps — Basis points.

BRC — Board Risk Committee.

CCAR — Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review.

CCB — Capital conservation buffer.

CD — Certificate of deposit (time deposit).

CDR — Conditional default rate.

CDS — Credit default swaps.

CEO — Chief Executive Officer.

CET1 — Common Equity Tier 1 Capital.

CFO — Chief Financial Officer.

CIB — Corporate and investment banking.

C&I — Commercial and industrial.

Class A shares — Visa Inc. Class A common stock.

Class B shares — Visa Inc. Class B common stock.

CME — Chicago Mercantile Exchange.

Company — SunTrust Banks, Inc.

CP — Commercial paper.

CPR — Conditional prepayment rate.

CRE — Commercial real estate.

CSA — Credit support annex.

DDA — Demand deposit account.

Dodd-Frank Act — Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010.

DOJ — Department of Justice.

DTA — Deferred tax asset.

DTL — Deferred tax liability.

DVA — Debit valuation adjustment.

EPS — Earnings per share.

ER — Enterprise Risk.

ERISA — Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

Exchange Act — Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Fannie Mae — Federal National Mortgage Association.

FASB — Financial Accounting Standards Board.

Freddie Mac — Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.

FDIC — Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Federal Reserve — Federal Reserve System.

Fed Funds — Federal funds.

FHA — Federal Housing Administration.

FHLB — Federal Home Loan Bank.

FICO — Fair Isaac Corporation.

Fitch — Fitch Ratings Ltd.

FRB — Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

FTE — Fully taxable-equivalent.

FVO — Fair value option.

GFO — GFO Advisory Services, LLC.

Ginnie Mae — Government National Mortgage Association.

GSE — Government-sponsored enterprise.

HAMP — Home Affordable Modification Program.

HUD — U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.

IPO — Initial public offering.

IRLC — Interest rate lock commitment.

ISDA — International Swaps and Derivatives Association.

LCH — LCH.Clearnet Limited.

LCR — Liquidity coverage ratio.

LGD — Loss given default.

LHFI — Loans held for investment.

LHFS — Loans held for sale.

LIBOR — London InterBank Offered Rate.

LOCOM — Lower of cost or market.

LTI — Long-term incentive.

LTV— Loan to value.

MasterCard — MasterCard International.

MBS — Mortgage-backed securities.

MD&A — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.

Moody’s — Moody’s Investors Service.

MRA — Master Repurchase Agreement.

MRM — Market Risk Management.

MRMG — Model Risk Management Group.

MSR — Mortgage servicing right.

MVE — Market value of equity.

NCF — National Commerce Financial Corporation.

NOL — Net operating loss.

NOW — Negotiable order of withdrawal account.

NPA — Nonperforming asset.

NPL — Nonperforming loan.

NPR — Notice of proposed rulemaking.

NSFR — Net stable funding ratio.

OCC — Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

OCI — Other comprehensive income.

OREO — Other real estate owned.

OTC — Over-the-counter.

OTTI — Other-than-temporary impairment.

PAC — Premium Assignment Corporation.

Parent Company — SunTrust Banks, Inc. (the parent Company of SunTrust Bank and other subsidiaries).

PD — Probability of default.

Pillar — substantially all of the assets of the operating subsidiaries of Pillar Financial, LLC.

PPNR — Pre-provision net revenue.

PWM — Private Wealth Management.

REIT — Real estate investment trust.

ROA — Return on average total assets.

ROE — Return on average common shareholders’ equity.

ROTCE — Return on average tangible common shareholders' equity.

RSU — Restricted stock unit.

RWA — Risk-weighted assets.

S&P — Standard and Poor’s.

SBA — Small Business Administration.

SEC — U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

STAS — SunTrust Advisory Services, Inc.

STCC — SunTrust Community Capital, LLC.

STIS — SunTrust Investment Services, Inc.

STM — SunTrust Mortgage, Inc.

STRH — SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

SunTrust — SunTrust Banks, Inc.

TDR — Troubled debt restructuring.

TRS — Total return swaps.

U.S. — United States.

U.S. GAAP — Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the U.S.

U.S. Treasury — the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

UPB — Unpaid principal balance.

VA — U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs.

VAR — Value at risk.

VI — Variable interest.

VIE — Variable interest entity.

Visa — the Visa, U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates, collectively.

Visa Counterparty — a financial institution that purchased the Company's Visa Class B shares.

PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X, and accordingly do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. However, in the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary to comply with Regulation S-X have been included. Operating results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2018.



Item 1.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

SunTrust Banks, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Income



	Three Months Ended June 30				Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions and shares in thousands, except per share data) (Unaudited)	2018		2017		2018		2017
Interest Income
Interest and fees on loans held for investment		$1,476		$1,338		$2,874		$2,628
Interest and fees on loans held for sale	24		21		45		46
Interest on securities available for sale ¹	210		187		416		369
Trading account interest and other ¹	49		37		92		68
Total interest income	1,759		1,583		3,427		3,111
Interest Expense
Interest on deposits	159		95		291		175
Interest on long-term debt	83		70		157		139
Interest on other borrowings	29		15		51		28
Total interest expense	271		180		499		342
Net interest income	1,488		1,403		2,928		2,769
Provision for credit losses	32		90		60		209
Net interest income after provision for credit losses	1,456		1,313		2,868		2,560
Noninterest Income
Service charges on deposit accounts	144		151		289		299
Other charges and fees	93		103		179		198
Card fees	85		87		166		169
Investment banking income	167		147		298		314
Trading income	53		46		95		97
Trust and investment management income	75		76		150		151
Retail investment services	73		70		145		139
Mortgage servicing related income	40		44		95		102
Mortgage production related income	43		56		79		109
Commercial real estate related income	18		24		42		44
Net securities gains	—		1		1		1
Other noninterest income	38		22		87		51
Total noninterest income	829		827		1,626		1,674
Noninterest Expense
Employee compensation	714		710		1,422		1,427
Employee benefits	88		86		234		221
Outside processing and software	227		204		433		409
Net occupancy expense	90		94		184		185
Equipment expense	44		43		84		83
Marketing and customer development	40		42		81		84
Regulatory assessments	39		49		79		97
Amortization	17		15		32		28
Operating losses	17		19		23		51
Other noninterest expense	114		126		235		268
Total noninterest expense	1,390		1,388		2,807		2,853
Income before provision for income taxes	895		752		1,687		1,381
Provision for income taxes	171		222		318		381
Net income including income attributable to noncontrolling interest	724		530		1,369		1,000
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	2		2		4		5
Net income	722		528		1,365		995
Less: Preferred stock dividends	25		23		55		39
Net income available to common shareholders		$697		$505		$1,310		$956

Net income per average common share:
Diluted		$1.49		$1.03		$2.78		$1.94
Basic	1.50		1.05		2.80		1.97
Dividends declared per common share	0.40		0.26		0.80		0.52
Average common shares outstanding - diluted	469,339		488,020		471,468		491,989
Average common shares outstanding - basic	465,529		482,913		467,117		486,482

¹ Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company reclassified equity securities previously presented in Securities available for sale to Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and began presenting income associated with certain of these equity securities in Trading account interest and other. For periods prior to January 1, 2018, income associated with these equity securities was presented in Interest on securities available for sale and has been reclassified to Trading account interest and other for comparability.

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

SunTrust Banks, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income



	Three Months Ended June 30					Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions) (Unaudited)	2018			2017		2018			2017
Net income		$722			$528		$1,365			$995
Components of other comprehensive (loss)/income:
Change in net unrealized (losses)/gains on securities available for sale, net of tax of ($38), $33, ($168), and $34, respectively	(123		)	55		(548		)	57
Change in net unrealized (losses)/gains on derivative instruments, net of tax of ($10), $18, ($49), and ($6), respectively	(35		)	31		(159		)	(11		)
Change in net unrealized losses on brokered time deposits, net of tax of $0, $0, $0, and $0, respectively	(1		)	—		—			—
Change in credit risk adjustment on long-term debt, net of tax of $0, $1, $1, and $0, respectively	1			1		3			—
Change related to employee benefit plans, net of tax of $0, $2, $1, and $1, respectively	1			3		(1		)	(2		)
Total other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax	(157		)	90		(705		)	44
Total comprehensive income		$565			$618		$660			$1,039

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

SunTrust Banks, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets



(Dollars in millions and shares in thousands, except per share data)	June 30, 2018			December 31, 2017
Assets	(Unaudited)
Cash and due from banks		$5,858			$5,349
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell	1,365			1,538
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks	25			25
Cash and cash equivalents	7,248			6,912
Trading assets and derivative instruments ¹	5,050			5,093
Securities available for sale ^{2, 3}	30,942			30,947
Loans held for sale ($2,005 and $1,577 at fair value at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively)	2,283			2,290
Loans held for investment ⁴ ($177 and $196 at fair value at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively)	144,935			143,181
Allowance for loan and lease losses	(1,650		)	(1,735		)
Net loans held for investment	143,285			141,446
Premises and equipment, net	1,538			1,734
Goodwill	6,331			6,331
Other intangible assets (Residential MSRs at fair value: $1,959 and $1,710 at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively)	2,036			1,791
Other assets ³($126 and $56 at fair value at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively)	8,792			9,418
Total assets		$207,505			$205,962

Liabilities
Noninterest-bearing deposits		$44,755			$42,784
Interest-bearing deposits ($350 and $236 at fair value at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively)	116,693			117,996
Total deposits	161,448			160,780
Funds purchased	1,251			2,561
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	1,567			1,503
Other short-term borrowings	2,470			717
Long-term debt ⁵ ($220 and $530 at fair value at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively)	11,995			9,785
Trading liabilities and derivative instruments	1,958			1,283
Other liabilities	2,500			4,179
Total liabilities	183,189			180,808
Shareholders’ Equity
Preferred stock, no par value	2,025			2,475
Common stock, $1.00 par value	552			550
Additional paid-in capital	8,980			9,000
Retained earnings	18,616			17,540
Treasury stock, at cost, and other ⁶	(4,178		)	(3,591		)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax	(1,679		)	(820		)
Total shareholders’ equity	24,316			25,154
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity		$207,505			$205,962

Common shares outstanding ⁷	465,199			470,931
Common shares authorized	750,000			750,000
Preferred shares outstanding	20			25
Preferred shares authorized	50,000			50,000
Treasury shares of common stock	87,071			79,133

¹ Includes trading securities pledged as collateral where counterparties have the right to sell or repledge the collateral		$1,160			$1,086
² Includes securities AFS pledged as collateral where counterparties have the right to sell or repledge the collateral	184			223
³ Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company reclassified equity securities previously presented in Securities available for sale to Other assets. Reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts for comparability.
⁴ Includes loans held for investment of consolidated VIEs	165			179
⁵ Includes debt of consolidated VIEs	174			189
⁶ Includes noncontrolling interest	103			103
⁷ Includes restricted shares	7			9

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

SunTrust Banks, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity



(Dollars and shares in millions, except per share data) (Unaudited)	Preferred Stock			Common Shares Outstanding		Common Stock		Additional Paid-in Capital			Retained Earnings			Treasury Stock and Other¹			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Total
Balance, January 1, 2017		$1,225		491			$550		$9,010			$16,000			($2,346	)		($821	)		$23,618
Net income	—			—		—		—			995			—			—			995
Other comprehensive income	—			—		—		—			—			—			44			44
Common stock dividends, $0.52 per share	—			—		—		—			(253		)	—			—			(253		)
Preferred stock dividends ²	—			—		—		—			(39		)	—			—			(39		)
Issuance of preferred stock, Series G	750			—		—		(7		)	—			—			—			743
Repurchase of common stock	—			(11	)	—		—			—			(654		)	—			(654		)
Exercise of stock options and stock compensation expense	—			1		—		(13		)	—			25			—			12
Restricted stock activity	—			1		—		(17		)	(2		)	30			—			11
Balance, June 30, 2017		$1,975		482			$550		$8,973			$16,701			($2,945	)		($777	)		$24,477

Balance, January 1, 2018		$2,475		471			$550		$9,000			$17,540			($3,591	)		($820	)		$25,154
Cumulative effect adjustment related to ASU adoptions ³	—			—		—		—			144			—			(154		)	(10		)
Net income	—			—		—		—			1,365			—			—			1,365
Other comprehensive loss	—			—		—		—			—			—			(705		)	(705		)
Common stock dividends, $0.80 per share	—			—		—		—			(374		)	—			—			(374		)
Preferred stock dividends ²	—			—		—		—			(55		)	—			—			(55		)
Redemption of preferred stock, Series E	(450		)	—		—		—			—			—			—			(450		)
Repurchase of common stock	—			(10	)	—		—			—			(660		)	—			(660		)
Exercise of stock options and stock compensation expense	—			1		—		(1		)	—			33			—			32
Exercise of stock warrant	—			2		2		—			—			—			—			2
Restricted stock activity	—			1		—		(19		)	(4		)	40			—			17
Balance, June 30, 2018		$2,025		465			$552		$8,980			$18,616			($4,178	)		($1,679	)		$24,316

¹ At June 30, 2018, includes ($4,281) million for treasury stock and $103 million for noncontrolling interest.

At June 30, 2017, includes ($3,048) million for treasury stock and $103 million for noncontrolling interest.

² For the six months ended June 30, 2018, dividends were $2,022 per share for both Series A and B Preferred Stock, $1,469 per share for Series E Preferred Stock, $2,813 per share for Series F Preferred Stock, $2,525 per share for Series G Preferred Stock, and $3,004 per share for Series H Preferred Stock.

For the six months ended June 30, 2017, dividends were $2,022 per share for both Series A and B Preferred Stock, $2,938 per share for Series E Preferred Stock, $2,813 per share for Series F Preferred Stock, and $828 per share for Series G Preferred Stock.

³ Related to the Company's adoption of ASU 2014-09, ASU 2016-01, ASU 2017-12, and ASU 2018-02 on January 1, 2018. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," for additional information.

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

SunTrust Banks, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

	Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions) (Unaudited)	2018			2017
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net income including income attributable to noncontrolling interest		$1,369			$1,000
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation, amortization, and accretion	356			356
Origination of servicing rights	(156		)	(169		)
Provisions for credit losses and foreclosed property	65			214
Stock-based compensation	87			90
Net securities gains	(1		)	(1		)
Net gains on sale of loans held for sale, loans, and other assets	(28		)	(102		)
Net decrease in loans held for sale	14			1,425
Net (increase)/decrease in trading assets and derivative instruments	(166		)	202
Net increase in other assets ¹	(1,158		)	(617		)
Net increase in other liabilities	409			742
Net cash provided by operating activities	791			3,140
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Proceeds from maturities, calls, and paydowns of securities available for sale	1,807			1,992
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale	1,920			660
Purchases of securities available for sale	(4,081		)	(3,049		)
Net increase in loans, including purchases of loans	(2,150		)	(1,443		)
Proceeds from sales of loans	180			230
Net cash paid for servicing rights	(60		)	—
Payments for bank-owned life insurance policy premiums ¹	(1		)	(126		)
Capital expenditures	(109		)	(146		)
Proceeds from the sale of other real estate owned and other assets	102			143
Other investing activities ¹	6			5
Net cash used in investing activities	(2,386		)	(1,734		)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Net increase/(decrease) in total deposits	668			(525		)
Net increase in funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and other short-term borrowings	507			2,386
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	2,659			1,381
Repayments of long-term debt	(355		)	(2,608		)
Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock	—			743
Repurchase of preferred stock	(450		)	—
Repurchase of common stock	(660		)	(654		)
Common and preferred stock dividends paid	(429		)	(286		)
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards	(43		)	(37		)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants	34			12
Net cash provided by financing activities	1,931			412
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	336			1,818
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	6,912			6,423
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period		$7,248			$8,241

Supplemental Disclosures:
Loans transferred from loans held for sale to loans held for investment		$18			$10
Loans transferred from loans held for investment to loans held for sale	327			127
Loans transferred from loans held for investment and loans held for sale to other real estate owned	33			29
Non-cash impact of debt assumed by purchaser in lease sale	—			9

¹ Related to the Company's adoption of ASU 2016-15, certain prior period amounts have been retrospectively reclassified between operating activities and investing activities. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," for additional information.

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

NOTE 1 – SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements included within this report have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP to present interim financial statement information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete, consolidated financial statements. However, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations in these financial statements, have been made.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes; actual results could vary from these estimates. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation. Interim Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Significant Accounting Policies

Pursuant to the Company's adoption of certain ASUs as of January 1, 2018, the following significant accounting policies have been added to or updated from those disclosed in the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K:

Revenue Recognition

In the ordinary course of business, the Company recognizes revenue as services are rendered, or as transactions occur, and as collectability is reasonably assured. For the Company's revenue recognition accounting policies, see Note 2, “Revenue Recognition.”

Trading Activities and Securities AFS

Trading assets and liabilities are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized within Noninterest income in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.

Securities AFS are used primarily as a store of liquidity and as part of the overall ALM process to optimize income and market performance over an entire interest rate cycle. Interest income on securities AFS is recognized on an accrual basis in Interest income in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. Premiums and discounts on securities AFS are amortized or accreted as an adjustment to yield over the life of the security. The Company estimates principal prepayments on securities AFS for which prepayments are probable and the timing and amount of prepayments can be reasonably estimated. The estimates are informed by analyses of both historical prepayments and anticipated macroeconomic conditions, such as spot interest rates compared to implied forward interest rates. The estimate of prepayments for these securities impacts their lives and thereby the amortization or accretion of associated premiums and discounts. Securities AFS are measured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of any tax effect, included in AOCI as a component of shareholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses, including OTTI, are determined using the specific identification method and are recognized as a

component of Noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Securities AFS are reviewed for OTTI on a quarterly basis. In determining whether OTTI exists for securities AFS in an unrealized loss position, the Company assesses whether it has the intent to sell the security or assesses the likelihood of selling the security prior to the recovery of its amortized cost basis. If the Company intends to sell the security or it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the security prior to the recovery of its amortized cost basis, the security is written down to fair value, and the full amount of any impairment charge is recognized as a component of Noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. If the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will not be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, only the credit component of any impairment of a security is recognized as a component of Noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income, with the remaining impairment balance recorded in OCI.

For additional information on the Company’s trading and securities AFS activities, see Note 4, “Trading Assets and Liabilities and Derivatives,” and Note 5, “Securities Available for Sale.”

Equity Securities

The Company records equity securities that are not classified as trading assets or liabilities within Other assets in its Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Investments in equity securities with readily determinable fair values (marketable) are measured at fair value, with changes in the fair value recognized as a component of Noninterest income in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.

Investments in equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values (nonmarketable) are accounted for at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or similar investment of the same issuer, also referred to as the measurement alternative. Any adjustments to the carrying value of these investments are recorded in Noninterest income in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.

For additional information on the Company's equity securities, see Note 9, “Other Assets,” and Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement.”

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company records derivative contracts at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends upon whether or not it has been designated in a formal, qualifying hedging relationship.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in a hedging relationship are recorded in noninterest income. This includes derivatives that the Company enters into in a dealer capacity to facilitate client transactions and as a risk management tool to economically hedge certain identified risks, along with certain IRLCs on residential mortgage and commercial loans that are a normal part of the Company’s operations. The Company also evaluates contracts, such as brokered deposits and debt, to

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

determine whether any embedded derivatives are required to be bifurcated and separately accounted for as freestanding derivatives.

Certain derivatives used as risk management tools are designated as accounting hedges of the Company’s exposure to changes in interest rates or other identified market risks. The Company prepares written hedge documentation for all derivatives which are designated as hedges of (i) changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (fair value hedge) attributable to a specified risk or (ii) a forecasted transaction, such as the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge). The written hedge documentation includes identification of, among other items, the risk management objective, hedging instrument, hedged item and methodologies for assessing and measuring hedge effectiveness, along with support for management’s assertion that the hedge will be highly effective. Methodologies related to hedge effectiveness include (i) statistical regression analysis of changes in the cash flows of the actual derivative and a perfectly effective hypothetical derivative, or (ii) statistical regression analysis of changes in the fair values of the actual derivative and the hedged item.

For designated hedging relationships, subsequent to the initial assessment of hedge effectiveness, the Company generally performs retrospective and prospective effectiveness testing using a qualitative approach. Assessments of hedge effectiveness are performed at least quarterly. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that has been designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge are recorded in current period earnings, in the same line item with the changes in the fair value of the hedged item that are attributable to the hedged risk. The changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that has been designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge is initially recorded in AOCI and reclassified to earnings in the same period that the hedged item impacts earnings. The amount

reclassified to earnings is recorded in the same line item as the earnings effect of the hedged item.

Hedge accounting ceases for hedging relationships that are no longer deemed effective, or for which the derivative has been terminated or de-designated. For discontinued fair value hedges where the hedged item remains outstanding, the hedged item would cease to be remeasured at fair value attributable to changes in the hedged risk and any existing basis adjustment would be recognized as an adjustment to earnings over the remaining life of the hedged item. For discontinued cash flow hedges, the unrealized gains and losses recorded in AOCI would be reclassified to earnings in the period when the previously designated hedged cash flows occur unless it was determined that transaction was probable to not occur, in which case any unrealized gains and losses in AOCI would be immediately reclassified to earnings.

It is the Company's policy to offset derivative transactions with a single counterparty as well as any cash collateral paid to and received from that counterparty for derivative contracts that are subject to ISDA or other legally enforceable netting arrangements and meet accounting guidance for offsetting treatment. For additional information on the Company’s derivative activities, see Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” and Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement.”

Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated events that occurred between June 30, 2018 and the date the accompanying financial statements were issued, and there were no material events, other than those already discussed in this Form 10-Q, that would require recognition in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements or disclosure in the accompanying Notes.

Accounting Pronouncements

The following table summarizes ASUs issued by the FASB that were adopted during the current year or not yet adopted as of June 30, 2018, that could have a material effect on the Company's financial statements:



Standard	Description	Required Date of Adoption	Effect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters
Standards Adopted in 2018
ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC Topic 606) and subsequent related ASUs	These ASUs comprise ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which supersede the revenue recognition requirements in ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the ASC. The core principle of these ASUs is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.	January 1, 2018	The Company adopted these ASUs on a modified retrospective basis beginning January 1, 2018. Upon adoption, the Company recognized an immaterial cumulative effect adjustment that resulted in a decrease to the beginning balance of retained earnings as of January 1, 2018. Furthermore, the Company prospectively changed the presentation of certain types of revenue and expenses, such as underwriting revenue within investment banking income which is shown on a gross basis, and certain cash promotions and card network expenses, which were reclassified from noninterest expense to service charges on deposit accounts, card fees, and other charges and fees. The net quantitative impact of these presentation changes decreased both revenue and expenses by $4 million and $7 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018, respectively; however, these presentation changes did not have an impact on net income. Prior period balances have not been restated to reflect these presentation changes. See Note 2, “Revenue Recognition,” for disclosures relating to ASC Topic 606.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



Standard	Description	Required Date of Adoption	Effect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters
Standards Adopted in 2018 (continued)
ASU 2016-01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities; and ASU 2018-03, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities	These ASUs amend ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments-Overall, and address certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments. The main provisions require most investments in equity securities to be measured at fair value through net income, unless they qualify for a measurement alternative, and require fair value changes arising from changes in instrument-specific credit risk for financial liabilities that are measured under the fair value option to be recognized in other comprehensive income. With the exception of disclosure requirements and the application of the measurement alternative for certain equity investments that was adopted prospectively, these ASUs must be adopted on a modified retrospective basis.	January 1, 2018 Early adoption was permitted for the provision related to changes in instrument-specific credit risk for financial liabilities under the FVO.	The Company early adopted the provision related to changes in instrument-specific credit risk beginning January 1, 2016, which resulted in an immaterial cumulative effect adjustment from retained earnings to AOCI. See Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Company's 2016 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the early adoption of this provision. Additionally, the Company adopted the remaining provisions of these ASUs beginning January 1, 2018, which resulted in an immaterial cumulative effect adjustment to the beginning balance of retained earnings. In connection with the adoption of these ASUs, an immaterial amount of equity securities previously classified as securities AFS were reclassified to other assets, as the AFS classification is no longer permitted for equity securities under these ASUs. Subsequent to adoption of these ASUs, the Company recognized net gains on certain of its equity investments during the first half of 2018. For additional information relating to these net gains, see Note 9, “Other Assets,” and Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement.” The remaining provisions and disclosure requirements of these ASUs did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures upon adoption.
ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments	The ASU amends ASC Topic 230, Statement of Cash Flows, to clarify the classification of certain cash receipts and payments within the Company's Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. These items include: cash payments for debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; cash outflows for the settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant; contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned and bank-owned life insurance policies; distributions received from equity method investees; and beneficial interests acquired in securitization transactions. The ASU also clarifies that when no specific U.S. GAAP guidance exists and the source of the cash flows are not separately identifiable, the predominant source of cash flow should be used to determine the classification for the item. The ASU must be adopted on a retrospective basis.	January 1, 2018	The Company adopted this ASU on a retrospective basis effective January 1, 2018 and changed the presentation of certain cash payments and receipts within its Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Specifically, the Company changed the presentation of proceeds from the settlement of bank-owned life insurance policies from operating activities to investing activities. The Company also changed the presentation of cash payments for bank-owned life insurance policy premiums from operating activities to investing activities. Lastly, for contingent consideration payments made more than three months after a business combination, the Company changed the presentation for the portion of the cash payment up to the acquisition date fair value of the contingent consideration as a financing activity and any amount paid in excess of the acquisition date fair value as an operating activity. For the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company reclassified an immaterial amount and $126 million, respectively, of cash payments for bank-owned life insurance policy premiums from operating activities to investing activities on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. The remaining changes in presentation described above were immaterial for both the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017.
ASU 2017-09, Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting	This ASU amends ASC Topic 718, Stock Compensation, to provide guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting per ASC Topic 718, Stock Compensation. The amendments clarify that modification accounting only applies to an entity if the fair value, vesting conditions, or classification of the award changes as a result of changes in the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award. The ASU should be applied prospectively to awards modified on or after the adoption date.	January 1, 2018	The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2018 and upon adoption, the ASU did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



Standard	Description	Required Date of Adoption	Effect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters
Standards Adopted in 2018 (continued)
ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities	The ASU amends ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, to simplify the requirements for hedge accounting. Key amendments include: eliminating the requirement to separately measure and report hedge ineffectiveness, requiring changes in the value of the hedging instrument to be presented in the same income statement line as the earnings effect of the hedged item, and the ability to measure the hedged item based on the benchmark interest rate component of the total contractual coupon for fair value hedges. These changes expand the types of risk management strategies eligible for hedge accounting. The ASU also permits entities to qualitatively assert that a hedging relationship was and continues to be highly effective. New incremental disclosures are also required for reporting periods subsequent to the date of adoption. All transition requirements and elections should be applied to hedging relationships existing on the date of adoption using a modified retrospective approach.	January 1, 2019 Early adoption is permitted.	The Company early adopted this ASU beginning January 1, 2018 and modified its measurement methodology for certain hedged items designated under fair value hedge relationships. The Company elected to perform its subsequent assessments of hedge effectiveness using a qualitative, rather than a quantitative, approach. The adoption resulted in an immaterial cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings and a basis adjustment to the related hedged items arising from measuring the hedged items based on the benchmark interest rate component of the total contractual coupon of the fair value hedges. For additional information on the Company’s derivative and hedging activities, see Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments.”
ASU 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from AOCI	This ASU amends ASC Topic 220, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income, to allow for a reclassification from AOCI to Retained earnings for the tax effects stranded in AOCI as a result of the remeasurement of DTAs and DTLs for the change in the federal corporate tax rate pursuant to the 2017 Tax Act, which was recognized through the income tax provision in 2017. The Company may apply this ASU at the beginning of the period of adoption or retrospectively to all periods in which the 2017 Tax Act is enacted.	January 1, 2019 Early adoption is permitted.	The Company early adopted this ASU as of January 1, 2018. Upon adoption of this ASU, the Company elected to reclassify $182 million of stranded tax effects relating to securities AFS, derivative instruments, credit risk on long-term debt, and employee benefit plans from AOCI to retained earnings. This amount was offset by $28 million of stranded tax effects relating to equity securities previously classified as securities AFS, resulting in a net $154 million increase to retained earnings.
Standards Not Yet Adopted
ASU 2016-02, Leases (ASC Topic 842) and subsequent related ASUs	The ASU creates ASC Topic 842, Leases, which supersedes ASC Topic 840, Leases. ASC Topic 842 requires lessees to recognize right-of-use assets and associated liabilities that arise from leases, with the exception of short-term leases. The ASU does not make significant changes to lessor accounting; however, there were certain improvements made to align lessor accounting with the lessee accounting model and ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. There are several new qualitative and quantitative disclosures required. Upon transition, lessees and lessors have the option to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective transition approach or to apply the modified retrospective approach with an additional, optional transition method that initially applies this ASU as of the adoption date and recognizes a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption.	January 1, 2019 Early adoption is permitted.	The Company has formed a cross-functional team to oversee the implementation of this ASU. The Company's implementation efforts are ongoing, including the review of its lease portfolios and related lease accounting policies, the review of its service contracts for embedded leases, and the deployment of a new lease software solution. Additionally, in conjunction with this implementation, the Company is reviewing business processes and evaluating potential changes to the control environment. The Company's adoption of this ASU, which is expected to occur on January 1, 2019, will result in an increase in right-of-use assets and associated lease liabilities, arising from operating leases in which the Company is the lessee, on its Consolidated Balance Sheets. The amount of the right-of-use assets and associated lease liabilities recorded upon adoption will be based primarily on the present value of unpaid future minimum lease payments, the amount of which will depend on the population of leases in effect at the date of adoption. At June 30, 2018, the Company’s estimate of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities that would be recorded on its Consolidated Balance Sheets upon adoption was between $1.0 billion and $1.5 billion. Additionally, the Company expects to recognize a cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption to increase the beginning balance of retained earnings as of January 1, 2019 for any remaining deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions which occurred prior to the date of adoption. The Company had approximately $45 million of deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions as of June 30, 2018. The Company does not expect this ASU to have a material impact on the timing of expense recognition in its Consolidated Statements of Income.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



Standard	Description	Required Date of Adoption	Effect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters
Standards Not Yet Adopted (continued)
ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments	The ASU adds ASC Topic 326, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses, to replace the incurred loss impairment methodology with a current expected credit loss methodology for financial instruments measured at amortized cost and other commitments to extend credit. For this purpose, expected credit losses reflect losses over the remaining contractual life of an asset, considering the effect of voluntary prepayments and considering available information about the collectability of cash flows, including information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The resulting allowance for credit losses is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to reflect the net amount expected to be collected on the financial assets. Additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures are required upon adoption. The change to the allowance for credit losses at the time of the adoption will be made with a cumulative effect adjustment to Retained earnings. The current expected credit loss model does not apply to AFS debt securities; however, the ASU requires entities to record an allowance when recognizing credit losses for AFS securities, rather than recording a direct write-down of the carrying amount.	January 1, 2020 Early adoption is permitted beginning January 1, 2019.	The Company has formed a cross-functional team to oversee the implementation of this ASU. A detailed implementation plan has been developed and substantial progress has been made on the identification and staging of data, development and validation of models, refinement of economic forecasting processes, and documentation of accounting policy decisions. Additionally, a new software tool is being implemented to host data and run models in a controlled, automated environment. In conjunction with this implementation, the Company is reviewing business processes and evaluating potential changes to the control environment. The Company plans to adopt this ASU on January 1, 2020, and it is currently evaluating the impact that this ASU will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures. The Company currently anticipates that an increase to the allowance for credit losses will be recognized upon adoption to provide for the expected credit losses over the estimated life of the financial assets. The magnitude of the increase will depend on economic conditions and trends in the Company’s portfolio at the time of adoption.
ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment	The ASU amends ASC Topic 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill, by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The amendments require an entity to perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. Entities should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which a reporting unit's carrying amount exceeds its fair value, but the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The ASU must be applied on a prospective basis.	January 1, 2020 Early adoption is permitted.	Based on the Company's most recent annual goodwill impairment test performed as of October 1, 2017, there were no reporting units for which the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeded its fair value; therefore, this ASU would not currently have an impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures. However, if upon the adoption date, which is expected to occur on January 1, 2020, the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company would be required to recognize an impairment charge for the amount that the carrying value exceeds the fair value.

NOTE 2 – REVENUE RECOGNITION

Pursuant to the Company's adoption of ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, the following disclosures discuss the Company's revenue recognition accounting policies. The Company recognizes two primary types of revenue: Interest income and noninterest income.

Interest Income

The Company’s principal source of revenue is interest income from loans and securities, which is recognized on an accrual basis using the effective interest method. For additional information on the Company’s policies for recognizing interest income on loans and securities, see Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” in the Company’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Interest income is not within the scope of ASC Topic 606.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income includes revenue from various types of transactions and services provided to Consumer and Wholesale clients. The following table reflects the Company’s noninterest income disaggregated by the amount of revenue that is in scope and out of scope of ASC Topic 606.



(Dollars in millions)	Three Months Ended June 30				Six Months Ended June 30
Noninterest income	2018		2017		2018		2017
Revenue in scope of ASC Topic 606		$509		$514		$1,002		$1,023
Revenue out of scope of ASC Topic 606	320		313		624		651
Total noninterest income		$829		$827		$1,626		$1,674

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The following tables further disaggregate the Company’s noninterest income by financial statement line item, business segment, and by the amount of each revenue stream that is in scope or out of scope of ASC Topic 606. The commentary following these tables describes the nature, amount, and timing of the related revenue streams.



	Three Months Ended June 30, 2018 ¹
(Dollars in millions)	Consumer ²		Wholesale ²		Out of Scope ^{2, 3}		Total
Noninterest income
Service charges on deposit accounts		$115		$29		$—		$144
Other charges and fees	29		3		61		93
Card fees	57		26		2		85
Investment banking income	—		97		70		167
Trading income	—		—		53		53
Trust and investment management income	74		—		1		75
Retail investment services	73		—		—		73
Mortgage servicing related income	—		—		40		40
Mortgage production related income	—		—		43		43
Commercial real estate related income	—		—		18		18
Net securities gains	—		—		—		—
Other noninterest income	6		—		32		38
Total noninterest income		$354		$155		$320		$829

¹ Amounts are presented in accordance with ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, except for out of scope amounts.

²Consumer and Wholesale total noninterest income exclude $99 million and $233 million of out of scope noninterest income, respectively, which are included in the business segment results presented on a management accounting basis in Note 18, "Business Segment Reporting."Out of scope total noninterest income includes these amounts and includes ($12) million of Corporate Other noninterest income that is out of scope of ASC Topic 606.

³ The Company presents out of scope noninterest income for the purpose of reconciling noninterest income amounts within the scope of ASC Topic 606 to noninterest income amounts presented on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.



	Three Months Ended June 30, 2017 ¹
(Dollars in millions)	Consumer ²		Wholesale ²		Out of Scope ^{2, 3}		Total
Noninterest income
Service charges on deposit accounts		$122		$29		$—		$151
Other charges and fees	33		3		67		103
Card fees	60		27		—		87
Investment banking income	—		89		58		147
Trading income	—		—		46		46
Trust and investment management income	74		—		2		76
Retail investment services	70		—		—		70
Mortgage servicing related income	—		—		44		44
Mortgage production related income	—		—		56		56
Commercial real estate related income	—		—		24		24
Net securities gains	—		—		1		1
Other noninterest income	7		—		15		22
Total noninterest income		$366		$148		$313		$827

¹Amounts for periods prior to January 1, 2018 are presented in accordance with ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and have not been restated to conform with ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

²Consumer and Wholesale total noninterest income exclude $107 million and $230 million of out of scope noninterest income, respectively, which are included in the business segment results presented on a management accounting basis in Note 18, "Business Segment Reporting." Out of scope total noninterest income includes these amounts and includes ($24) million of Corporate Other noninterest income that is out of scope of ASC Topic 606.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



	Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 ¹
(Dollars in millions)	Consumer ²		Wholesale ²		Out of Scope ^{2, 3}		Total
Noninterest income
Service charges on deposit accounts		$219		$70		$—		$289
Other charges and fees	57		6		116		179
Card fees	111		52		3		166
Investment banking income	—		181		117		298
Trading income	—		—		95		95
Trust and investment management income	149		—		1		150
Retail investment services	143		2		—		145
Mortgage servicing related income	—		—		95		95
Mortgage production related income	—		—		79		79
Commercial real estate related income	—		—		42		42
Net securities gains	—		—		1		1
Other noninterest income	12		—		75		87
Total noninterest income		$691		$311		$624		$1,626

¹ Amounts are presented in accordance with ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, except for out of scope amounts.

²Consumer and Wholesale total noninterest income exclude $213 million and $440 million of out of scope noninterest income, respectively, which are included in the business segment results presented on a management accounting basis in Note 18, "Business Segment Reporting." Out of scope total noninterest income includes these amounts and includes ($29) million of Corporate Other noninterest income that is out of scope of ASC Topic 606.



	Six Months Ended June 30, 2017 ¹
(Dollars in millions)	Consumer ²		Wholesale ²		Out of Scope ^{2, 3}		Total
Noninterest income
Service charges on deposit accounts		$225		$74		$—		$299
Other charges and fees	64		6		128		198
Card fees	114		54		1		169
Investment banking income	—		185		129		314
Trading income	—		—		97		97
Trust and investment management income	149		—		2		151
Retail investment services	137		1		1		139
Mortgage servicing related income	—		—		102		102
Mortgage production related income	—		—		109		109
Commercial real estate related income	—		—		44		44
Net securities gains	—		—		1		1
Other noninterest income	14		—		37		51
Total noninterest income		$703		$320		$651		$1,674

²Consumer and Wholesale total noninterest income exclude $242 million and $451 million of out of scope noninterest income, respectively, which are included in the business segment results presented on a management accounting basis in Note 18, "Business Segment Reporting." Out of scope total noninterest income includes these amounts and includes ($42) million of Corporate Other noninterest income that is out of scope of ASC Topic 606.

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts

Service charges on deposit accounts represent fees relating to the Company’s various deposit products. These fees include account maintenance, cash management, treasury management, wire transfers, overdraft and other deposit-related fees. The Company’s execution of the services related to these fees represents its related performance obligations. Each of these performance obligations are either satisfied over time or at a point in time as the services are provided to the customer. The Company is the principal when rendering these services.

Payments for services provided are either withdrawn from the customer’s account as services are rendered or in the billing period following the completion of the service. The transaction price for each of these fees is based on the Company’s predetermined fee schedule.

Other Charges and Fees

Other charges and fees consist primarily of loan commitment and letter of credit fees, operating lease revenue, ATM fees, insurance revenue, and miscellaneous service charges including

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

wire fees and check cashing fees. Loan commitment and letter of credit fees and operating lease revenue are out of scope of ASC Topic 606.

The Company’s execution of the services related to the fees within the scope of ASC Topic 606 represents its related performance obligations, which are either satisfied at a point in time or over time as services are rendered. ATM fees and miscellaneous service charges are recognized at a point in time as the services are provided.

Insurance commission revenue is earned through the sale of insurance products. The commissions are recognized as revenue when the customer executes an insurance policy with the insurance carrier. In some cases, the Company receives payment of trailing commissions each year when the customer pays its annual premium. For both the three and six months ended June 30, 2018, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of insurance trailing commissions related to performance obligations satisfied in prior periods.

Card Fees

Card fees consist of interchange fees from credit and debit cards, merchant acquirer revenue, and other card related services. Interchange fees are earned by the Company each time a request for payment is initiated by a customer at a merchant for which the Company transfers the funds on behalf of the customer. Interchange rates are set by the payment network and are based on purchase volumes and other factors. Interchange fees are received daily and recognized at a point in time when the card transaction is processed. The Company is considered an agent of the customer and incurs costs with the payment network to facilitate the interchange with the merchant; therefore, the related payment network expense is recognized as a reduction of card fees. Prior to the adoption of ASC Topic 606, these expenses were recognized in Outside processing and software in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company offers rewards and/or rebates to its customers based on card usage. The costs associated with these programs are recognized as a reduction of card fees.

The Company also has a revenue sharing agreement with a merchant acquirer. The Company’s referral of a merchant to the merchant acquirer represents its related performance obligation, which is satisfied at a point in time when the referral is made. Monthly revenue is estimated based on the expected amount of transactions processed. Payments are generally made by the merchant acquirer quarterly in the month following the quarter in which the services are rendered.

Investment Banking Income

Investment banking income is comprised primarily of securities underwriting fees, advisory fees, and loan syndication fees. The Company assists corporate clients in raising capital by offering equity or debt securities to potential investors. The underwriting fees are earned on the trade date when the Company, as a member of an underwriting syndicate, purchases the securities from the issuer and sells the securities to third party investors. Each member of the syndicate is responsible for selling its portion of the underwriting and is liable for the proportionate costs of the underwriting; therefore, the Company’s portion of underwriting revenue and expense is presented gross within noninterest income and noninterest expense. Prior to the adoption of ASC

Topic 606, underwriting expense was recorded as a reduction of investment banking income. The transaction price is based on a percentage of the total transaction amount and payments are settled shortly after the trade date.

Loan syndication fees are typically recognized at the closing of a loan syndication transaction. These fees are out of the scope of ASC Topic 606.

The Company also provides merger and acquisition advisory services, including various activities such as business valuation, identification of potential targets or acquirers, and the issuance of fairness opinions. The Company’s execution of these advisory services represents its related performance obligations. The performance obligations relating to advisory services are fulfilled at a point in time upon completion of the contractually specified merger or acquisition. The transaction price is based on contractually specified terms agreed upon with the client for each advisory service. Additionally, payments for advisory services consist of upfront retainer fees and success fees at the date the related merger or acquisition is closed. The retainer fees are typically paid upfront, which creates a contract liability. At June 30, 2018, the contract liability relating to these retainer fees was immaterial.

Revenue related to trade execution services is earned on the trade date and recognized at a point in time. The fees related to trade execution services are due on the settlement date.

Trading Income

The Company recognizes trading income as a result of gains and losses from the sales of trading account assets and liabilities. The Company also recognizes trading income as a result of changes in the fair value of trading account assets and liabilities that it holds. The Company’s trading accounts include various types of debt and equity securities, trading loans, and derivative instruments. For additional information relating to trading income, see Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” and Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement.”

Trust and Investment Management Income

Trust and investment management income includes revenue from custodial services, trust administration, financial advisory services, employee benefit solutions, and other services provided to customers within the Consumer business segment.

The Company generally recognizes trust and investment management revenue over time as services are rendered. Revenue is based on either a percentage of the market value of the assets under management, or advisement, or fixed based on the services provided to the customer. Fees are generally swept from the customer’s account one billing period in arrears based on the prior period’s assets under management or advisement.

Retail Investment Services

Retail investment services consists primarily of investment management, selling and distribution services, and trade execution services. The Company’s execution of these services represents its related performance obligations.

Investment management fees are generally recognized over time as services are rendered and are based on either a percentage of the market value of the assets under management, or advisement, or fixed based on the services provided to the customer. The fees are calculated quarterly and are usually

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

collected at the beginning of the period from the customer’s account and recognized ratably over the related billing period.

The Company also offers selling and distribution services and earns commissions through the sale of annuity and mutual fund products. The Company acts as an agent in these transactions and recognizes revenue at a point in time when the customer enters into an agreement with the product carrier. The Company may also receive trailing commissions and 12b-1 fees related to mutual fund and annuity products, and recognizes this revenue in the period that they are realized since the revenue cannot be accurately predicted at the time the policy becomes effective. The Company recognized revenue of $13 million and $26 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018, respectively, which relates to mutual fund 12b-1 fees and annuity trailing commissions from performance obligations satisfied in periods prior to June 30, 2018.

Trade execution commissions are earned and recognized on the trade date, when the Company executes a trade for a customer. Payment for the trade execution is due on the settlement date.

Mortgage Servicing Related Income

The Company recognizes as assets the rights to service mortgage loans, either when the loans are sold and the associated servicing rights are retained or when servicing rights are purchased from a third party. Mortgage servicing related income includes servicing fees, modification fees, fees for ancillary services, other fees customarily associated with servicing arrangements, gains or losses from hedging, and changes in the fair value of residential MSRs inclusive of decay resulting from the realization of monthly net servicing cash flows. For additional information relating to mortgage servicing related income, see Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” in the Company’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K, and Note 8, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” and Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” in this Form 10-Q.

Mortgage Production Related Income

Mortgage production related income is comprised primarily of activity related to the sale of consumer mortgage loans as well as loan origination fees such as closing charges, document review fees, application fees, other loan origination fees, and loan processing fees. For additional information relating to mortgage production related income, see Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” in the Company’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K, and Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” and Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” in this Form 10-Q.

Commercial Real Estate Related Income

Commercial real estate related income consists primarily of origination fees, such as loan placement and broker fees, gains and losses on the sale of commercial loans, commercial mortgage loan servicing fees, income from community development investments, gains and losses from the sale of structured real estate, and other fee income, such as asset advisory fees. For

additional information relating to commercial real estate related income, see Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” in the Company’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K, and Note 8, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” and Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” in this Form 10-Q.

Net Securities Gains or Losses

The Company recognizes net securities gains or losses primarily as a result of the sale of securities AFS and the recognition of any OTTI on securities AFS. For additional information relating to net securities gains or losses, see Note 5, “Securities Available for Sale.”

Other Noninterest Income

Other noninterest income within the scope of ASC Topic 606 consists primarily of fees from the sale of custom checks. The Company serves as an agent for customers by connecting them with a third party check provider. Revenue from such sales are earned in the form of commissions from the third party check provider and is recognized at a point in time on the date the customer places an order. Commissions for personal check orders are credited to revenue on an ongoing basis, and commissions for commercial check orders are received quarterly in arrears.

Other noninterest income also includes income from bank-owned life insurance policies that is not within the scope of ASC Topic 606. Income from bank-owned life insurance primarily represents changes in the cash surrender value of such life insurance policies held on certain key employees, for which the Company is the owner and beneficiary. Revenue is recognized in each period based on the change in the cash surrender value during the period.

Practical Expedients and Other

The Company has elected the practical expedient to exclude disclosure of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and (ii) contracts for which the Company recognizes revenue at the amount to which the Company has the right to invoice for services performed.

The Company pays sales commissions as a cost to obtain certain contracts within the scope of ASC Topic 606; however, sales commissions relating to these contracts are generally expensed when incurred because the amortization period would be one year or less. Sales commissions are recognized as employee compensation within Noninterest expense on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.

At June 30, 2018, the Company does not have any material contract assets, liabilities, or other receivables recorded on its Consolidated Balance Sheets, relating to its revenue streams within the scope of ASC Topic 606. Additionally, the Company's contracts generally do not contain terms that require significant judgment to determine the amount of revenue to recognize.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 3 - FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD AND SECURITIES FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Federal Funds Sold and Securities Borrowed or Purchased Under Agreements to Resell

Fed Funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell were as follows:



(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017
Fed funds sold		$—		$65
Securities borrowed	545		298
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	820		1,175
Total Fed funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell		$1,365		$1,538

Securities purchased under agreements to resell are primarily collateralized by U.S. government or agency securities and are carried at the amounts at which the securities will be subsequently resold, plus accrued interest. Securities borrowed are primarily collateralized by corporate securities. The Company borrows securities and purchases securities under agreements to resell as part of its securities financing activities. On the acquisition date of these securities, the Company and the

related counterparty agree on the amount of collateral required to secure the principal amount loaned under these arrangements. The Company monitors collateral values daily and calls for additional collateral to be provided as warranted under the respective agreements. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the total market value of collateral held was $1.4 billion and $1.5 billion, of which $138 million and $177 million was repledged, respectively.

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as secured borrowings. The following table presents the Company’s related activity, by collateral type and remaining contractual maturity:



	June 30, 2018								December 31, 2017
(Dollars in millions)	Overnight and Continuous		Up to 30 days		30-90 days		Total		Overnight and Continuous		Up to 30 days		30-90 days		Total
U.S. Treasury securities		$92		$—		$—		$92		$95		$—		$—		$95
Federal agency securities	86		17		—		103		101		15		—		116
MBS - agency	726		100		—		826		694		135		—		829
CP	—		—		—		—		19		—		—		19
Corporate and other debt securities	360		146		40		546		316		88		40		444
Total securities sold under agreements to repurchase		$1,264		$263		$40		$1,567		$1,225		$238		$40		$1,503

For securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the Company would be obligated to provide additional collateral in the event of a significant decline in fair value of the collateral pledged. This risk is managed by monitoring the liquidity and credit quality of the collateral, as well as the maturity profile of the transactions.

Netting of Securities - Repurchase and Resell Agreements

The Company has various financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements. The Company's derivatives that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements are discussed in Note 15, "Derivative Financial Instruments."

The following table presents the Company's securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities

sold under agreements to repurchase that are subject to MRAs. Generally, MRAs require collateral to exceed the asset or liability recognized on the balance sheet. Transactions subject to these agreements are treated as collateralized financings, and those with a single counterparty are permitted to be presented net on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets, provided certain criteria are met that permit balance sheet netting. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, there were no such transactions subject to legally enforceable MRAs that were eligible for balance sheet netting. The following table includes the amount of collateral pledged or received related to exposures subject to enforceable MRAs. While these agreements are typically over-collateralized, the amount of collateral presented in this table is limited to the amount of the related recognized asset or liability for each counterparty.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



(Dollars in millions)	Gross Amount		Amount Offset		Net Amount Presented in Consolidated Balance Sheets			Held/Pledged Financial Instruments		Net Amount
June 30, 2018
Financial assets:
Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell		$1,365		$—		$1,365	¹		$1,346		$19
Financial liabilities:
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	1,567		—		1,567			1,566		1

December 31, 2017
Financial assets:
Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell		$1,473		$—		$1,473	¹		$1,462		$11
Financial liabilities:
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	1,503		—		1,503			1,503		—

¹Excludes $0 and $65 million of Fed Funds sold, which are not subject to a master netting agreement at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

NOTE 4 - TRADING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES AND DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

The fair values of the components of trading assets and liabilities and derivative instruments are presented in the following table:



(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017
Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments:
U.S. Treasury securities		$203		$157
Federal agency securities	502		395
U.S. states and political subdivisions	27		61
MBS - agency	759		700
Corporate and other debt securities	872		655
CP	114		118
Equity securities	57		56
Derivative instruments ¹	567		802
Trading loans ²	1,949		2,149
Total trading assets and derivative instruments		$5,050		$5,093

Trading Liabilities and Derivative Instruments:
U.S. Treasury securities		$779		$577
MBS - agency	1		—
Corporate and other debt securities	534		289
Equity securities	14		9
Derivative instruments ¹	630		408
Total trading liabilities and derivative instruments		$1,958		$1,283

¹Amounts include the impact of offsetting cash collateral received from and paid to the same derivative counterparties, and the impact of netting derivative assets and derivative liabilities when a legally enforceable master netting agreement or similar agreement exists.

² Includes loans related to TRS.

Various trading and derivative instruments are used as part of the Company’s overall balance sheet management strategies and to support client requirements executed through the Bank and/or STRH, a broker/dealer subsidiary of the Company. The Company manages the potential market volatility associated with trading instruments by using appropriate risk management strategies. The size, volume, and nature of the trading products and derivative instruments can vary based on economic conditions as well as client-specific and Company-specific asset or liability positions.

Product offerings to clients include debt securities, loans traded in the secondary market, equity securities, derivative contracts, and other similar financial instruments. Other trading-

related activities include acting as a market maker for certain debt and equity security transactions, derivative instrument transactions, and foreign exchange transactions. The Company also uses derivatives to manage its interest rate and market risk from non-trading activities. The Company has policies and procedures to manage market risk associated with client trading and non-trading activities, and assumes a limited degree of market risk by managing the size and nature of its exposure. For valuation assumptions and additional information related to the Company's trading products and derivative instruments, see Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” and the “Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments and Securities Available for Sale” section of Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement.”

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Pledged trading assets are presented in the following table:



(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017
Pledged trading assets to secure repurchase agreements ¹		$1,092		$1,016
Pledged trading assets to secure certain derivative agreements	65		72
Pledged trading assets to secure other arrangements	40		41

¹ Repurchase agreements secured by collateral totaled $1.1 billion and $975 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

NOTE 5 – SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

Securities Portfolio Composition



	June 30, 2018
(Dollars in millions)	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
U.S. Treasury securities		$4,239		$—		$113		$4,126
Federal agency securities	244		1		2		243
U.S. states and political subdivisions	632		4		21		615
MBS - agency residential	22,883		134		558		22,459
MBS - agency commercial	2,664		1		97		2,568
MBS - non-agency commercial	950		—		34		916
Corporate and other debt securities	15		—		—		15
Total securities AFS		$31,627		$140		$825		$30,942

	December 31, 2017¹
(Dollars in millions)	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
U.S. Treasury securities		$4,361		$2		$32		$4,331
Federal agency securities	257		3		1		259
U.S. states and political subdivisions	618		7		8		617
MBS - agency residential	22,616		222		134		22,704
MBS - agency commercial	2,121		3		38		2,086
MBS - non-agency residential	55		4		—		59
MBS - non-agency commercial	862		7		3		866
ABS	6		2		—		8
Corporate and other debt securities	17		—		—		17
Total securities AFS		$30,913		$250		$216		$30,947

¹Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company reclassified equity securities previously presented in Securities available for sale to Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts for comparability. See Note 9, "Other Assets," for additional information.

The following table presents interest on securities AFS:



	Three Months Ended June 30				Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)	2018		2017		2018		2017
Taxable interest		$205		$184		$407		$364
Tax-exempt interest	5		3		9		5
Total interest on securities AFS ¹		$210		$187		$416		$369

¹Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company reclassified equity securities previously presented in Securities available for sale to Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and began presenting income associated with certain of these equity securities in Trading account interest and other on the Consolidated Statements of Income. For periods prior to January 1, 2018, income associated with these equity securities was presented in Interest on securities available for sale and has been reclassified to Trading account interest and other for comparability.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Securities AFS pledged to secure public deposits, repurchase agreements, trusts, certain derivative agreements, and other funds had a fair value of $3.3 billion and $4.3 billion at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

The following table presents the amortized cost, fair value, and weighted average yield of investments in securities AFS at

June 30, 2018, by remaining contractual maturity, with the exception of MBS, which are based on estimated average life. Receipt of cash flows may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties.



	Distribution of Remaining Maturities
(Dollars in millions)	Due in 1 Year or Less			Due After 1 Year through 5 Years			Due After 5 Years through 10 Years			Due After 10 Years			Total
Amortized Cost:
U.S. Treasury securities		$15			$2,517			$1,707			$—			$4,239
Federal agency securities	117			40			4			83			244
U.S. states and political subdivisions	3			61			37			531			632
MBS - agency residential	1,531			6,089			14,985			278			22,883
MBS - agency commercial	1			482			1,911			270			2,664
MBS - non-agency commercial	—			12			938			—			950
Corporate and other debt securities	7			8			—			—			15
Total securities AFS		$1,674			$9,209			$19,582			$1,162			$31,627
Fair Value:
U.S. Treasury securities		$15			$2,454			$1,657			$—			$4,126
Federal agency securities	117			41			4			81			243
U.S. states and political subdivisions	4			62			38			511			615
MBS - agency residential	1,589			6,031			14,566			273			22,459
MBS - agency commercial	1			465			1,844			258			2,568
MBS - non-agency commercial	—			12			904			—			916
Corporate and other debt securities	7			8			—			—			15
Total securities AFS		$1,733			$9,073			$19,013			$1,123			$30,942
Weighted average yield ¹	3.19		%	2.36		%	2.87		%	3.12		%	2.74		%

¹Weighted average yields are based on amortized cost and presented on an FTE basis.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Securities AFS in an Unrealized Loss Position

The Company held certain investment securities AFS where amortized cost exceeded fair value, resulting in unrealized loss positions. Market changes in interest rates and credit spreads may result in temporary unrealized losses as the market prices of securities fluctuate. At June 30, 2018, the Company did not intend to sell these securities nor was it more-likely-than-not that

the Company would be required to sell these securities before their anticipated recovery or maturity. The Company reviewed its portfolio for OTTI in accordance with the accounting policies described in Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Securities AFS in an unrealized loss position at period end are presented in the following tables:



	June 30, 2018
	Less than twelve months				Twelve months or longer				Total
(Dollars in millions)	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses ¹		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses ¹
Temporarily impaired securities AFS:
U.S. Treasury securities		$3,441		$87		$685		$26		$4,126		$113
Federal agency securities	24		—		51		2		75		2
U.S. states and political subdivisions	396		15		106		6		502		21
MBS - agency residential	13,786		355		4,351		203		18,137		558
MBS - agency commercial	1,554		45		882		52		2,436		97
MBS - non-agency commercial	797		28		89		6		886		34
Corporate and other debt securities	9		—		—		—		9		—
Total temporarily impaired securities AFS	20,007		530		6,164		295		26,171		825
OTTI securities AFS ²:
Total OTTI securities AFS	—		—		—		—		—		—
Total impaired securities AFS		$20,007		$530		$6,164		$295		$26,171		$825

¹ Unrealized losses less than $0.5 million are presented as zero within the table.

² OTTI securities AFS are impaired securities for which OTTI credit losses have been previously recognized in earnings.



	December 31, 2017 ¹
	Less than twelve months				Twelve months or longer				Total
(Dollars in millions)	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses ²		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses ²		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses ²
Temporarily impaired securities AFS:
U.S. Treasury securities		$1,993		$12		$841		$20		$2,834		$32
Federal agency securities	23		—		60		1		83		1
U.S. states and political subdivisions	267		3		114		5		381		8
MBS - agency residential	8,095		38		4,708		96		12,803		134
MBS - agency commercial	887		9		915		29		1,802		38
MBS - non-agency commercial	134		1		93		2		227		3
ABS	—		—		4		—		4		—
Corporate and other debt securities	10		—		—		—		10		—
Total temporarily impaired securities AFS	11,409		63		6,735		153		18,144		216
OTTI securities AFS ³:
ABS	—		—		1		—		1		—
Total OTTI securities AFS	—		—		1		—		1		—
Total impaired securities AFS		$11,409		$63		$6,736		$153		$18,145		$216

² Unrealized losses less than $0.5 million are presented as zero within the table.

³ OTTI securities AFS are impaired securities for which OTTI credit losses have been previously recognized in earnings.

At June 30, 2018, temporarily impaired securities AFS that have been in an unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer included residential and commercial agency MBS, U.S. Treasury securities, municipal securities, commercial non-agency MBS, and federal agency securities. Unrealized losses on temporarily

impaired securities were due to market interest rates being higher than the securities' stated coupon rates. Unrealized losses on securities AFS that relate to factors other than credit are recorded in AOCI, net of tax.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Realized Gains and Losses and Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Securities AFS

Net securities gains or losses are comprised of gross realized gains, gross realized losses, and OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings.



	Three Months Ended June 30					Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)	2018			2017		2018			2017
Gross realized gains		$6			$1		$7			$1
Gross realized losses	(6		)	—		(6		)	—
OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings	—			—		—			—
Net securities gains		$—			$1		$1			$1

Securities AFS in an unrealized loss position are evaluated quarterly for other-than-temporary credit impairment, which is determined using cash flow analyses that take into account security specific collateral and transaction structure. Future expected credit losses are determined using various assumptions, the most significant of which include default rates, prepayment rates, and loss severities. If, based on this analysis, a security is in an unrealized loss position and the Company does not expect

to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security, the expected cash flows are then discounted at the security’s initial effective interest rate to arrive at a present value amount. Credit losses on the OTTI security are recognized in earnings and reflect the difference between the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis of the security. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the Company's policy on securities AFS and related impairments.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, there were no credit impairment losses recognized on securities AFS held at the end of each period. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2018, the Company sold securities AFS that had accumulated OTTI credit losses of $23 million and recognized an associated gain on sale of $6 million in Net securities gains on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The accumulated balance of OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings on securities AFS held at period end was $22 million at June 30, 2017.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 6 - LOANS

Composition of Loan Portfolio



(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017
Commercial loans:
C&I ¹		$67,343		$66,356
CRE	6,302		5,317
Commercial construction	3,456		3,804
Total commercial LHFI	77,101		75,477
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgages - guaranteed	525		560
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed ²	27,556		27,136
Residential home equity products	9,918		10,626
Residential construction	217		298
Guaranteed student	6,892		6,633
Other direct	9,448		8,729
Indirect	11,712		12,140
Credit cards	1,566		1,582
Total consumer LHFI	67,834		67,704
LHFI		$144,935		$143,181
LHFS ³		$2,283		$2,290

¹Includes $3.8 billion and $3.7 billion of lease financing, and $800 million and $778 million of installment loans at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

²Includes $177 million and $196 million of LHFI measured at fair value at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

³Includes $2.0 billion and $1.6 billion of LHFS measured at fair value at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

During the three months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company transferred $123 million and $67 million of LHFI to LHFS, and $12 million and $3 million of LHFS to LHFI, respectively. In addition to sales of residential and commercial mortgage LHFS in the normal course of business, the Company sold $137 million and $110 million of loans and leases during the three months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, at a price approximating their recorded investment.

During the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company transferred $327 million and $127 million of LHFI to LHFS, and transferred $18 million and $10 million of LHFS to LHFI, respectively. In addition to sales of residential and commercial mortgage LHFS in the normal course of business, the Company sold $172 million and $228 million of loans and leases during the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, at a price approximating their recorded investment.

During the three months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company purchased $532 million and $493 million, respectively, of guaranteed student loans. During both the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company purchased $1.0 billion of guaranteed student loans, and purchased $16 million and $99 million of consumer indirect loans, respectively.

At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had $25.0 billion and $24.3 billion of net eligible loan collateral pledged to the Federal Reserve discount window to support $18.7 billion and $18.2 billion of available, unused borrowing capacity, respectively.

At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had $39.3 billion and $38.0 billion of net eligible loan collateral pledged to the FHLB of Atlanta to support $31.3 billion and $30.5 billion of available borrowing capacity, respectively. The available FHLB borrowing capacity at June 30, 2018 was used to support $1.8 billion of long-term debt and $4.3 billion of letters of credit issued on the Company's behalf. At December 31, 2017, the available FHLB borrowing capacity was used to support $4 million of long-term debt and $6.7 billion of letters of credit issued on the Company's behalf.

Credit Quality Evaluation

The Company evaluates the credit quality of its loan portfolio by employing a dual internal risk rating system, which assigns both PD and LGD ratings to derive expected losses. Assignment of these ratings are predicated upon numerous factors, including consumer credit risk scores, rating agency information, borrower/guarantor financial capacity, LTV ratios, collateral type, debt service coverage ratios, collection experience, other internal metrics/analyses, and/or qualitative assessments.

For the commercial portfolio, the Company believes that the most appropriate credit quality indicator is an individual loan’s risk assessment expressed according to the broad regulatory agency classifications of Pass or Criticized. The Company conforms to the following regulatory classifications for Criticized assets: Other Assets Especially Mentioned (or Special Mention), Substandard, Doubtful, and Loss. However, for the purposes of disclosure, management believes the most meaningful distinction within the Criticized categories is between Criticized accruing (which includes Special Mention and a portion of Substandard) and Criticized nonaccruing (which includes a portion of Substandard as well as Doubtful and Loss). This distinction identifies those relatively higher risk loans for which there is a basis to believe that the Company will not collect all amounts due under those loan agreements. The Company's risk rating system is more granular, with multiple risk ratings in both the Pass and Criticized categories. Pass ratings reflect relatively low PDs, whereas, Criticized assets have higher PDs. The granularity in Pass ratings assists in establishing pricing, loan structures, approval requirements, reserves, and ongoing credit management requirements. Commercial risk ratings are refreshed at least annually, or more frequently as appropriate, based upon considerations such as market conditions, borrower characteristics, and portfolio trends. Additionally, management routinely reviews portfolio risk ratings, trends, and concentrations to support risk identification and mitigation activities.

For consumer loans, the Company monitors credit risk based on indicators such as delinquencies and FICO scores. The Company believes that consumer credit risk, as assessed by the industry-wide FICO scoring method, is a relevant credit quality indicator. Borrower-specific FICO scores are obtained at origination as part of the Company’s formal underwriting process, and refreshed FICO scores are obtained by the Company at least quarterly.

For guaranteed loans, the Company monitors the credit quality based primarily on delinquency status, as it is a more relevant indicator of credit quality due to the government guarantee. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 30% and

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

28%, respectively, of guaranteed residential mortgages were current with respect to payments. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 77% and 75%, respectively, of guaranteed

student loans were current with respect to payments. The Company's loss exposure on guaranteed residential mortgages and student loans is mitigated by the government guarantee.

LHFI by credit quality indicator are presented in the following tables:



	Commercial Loans
	C&I				CRE				Commercial Construction
(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017		June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017		June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017
Risk rating:
Pass		$65,511		$64,546		$6,100		$5,126		$3,410		$3,770
Criticized accruing	1,536		1,595		157		167		46		33
Criticized nonaccruing	296		215		45		24		—		1
Total		$67,343		$66,356		$6,302		$5,317		$3,456		$3,804



	Consumer Loans ¹
	Residential Mortgages - Nonguaranteed				Residential Home Equity Products				Residential Construction
(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017		June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017		June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017
Current FICO score range:
700 and above		$24,204		$23,602		$8,403		$8,946		$173		$240
620 - 699	2,604		2,721		1,100		1,242		37		50
Below 620 ²	748		813		415		438		7		8
Total		$27,556		$27,136		$9,918		$10,626		$217		$298



	Other Direct				Indirect				Credit Cards
(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017		June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017		June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017
Current FICO score range:
700 and above		$8,610		$7,929		$8,843		$9,094		$1,078		$1,088
620 - 699	795		757		2,188		2,344		385		395
Below 620 ²	43		43		681		702		103		99
Total		$9,448		$8,729		$11,712		$12,140		$1,566		$1,582

¹Excludes $6.9 billion and $6.6 billion of guaranteed student loans and $525 million and $560 million of guaranteed residential mortgages at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, for which there was nominal risk of principal loss due to the government guarantee.

²For substantially all loans with refreshed FICO scores below 620, the borrower’s FICO score at the time of origination exceeded 620 but has since deteriorated as the loan has seasoned.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The LHFI portfolio by payment status is presented in the following tables:



	June 30, 2018
	Accruing
(Dollars in millions)	Current		30-89 Days Past Due		90+ Days Past Due		Nonaccruing ¹			Total
Commercial loans:
C&I		$67,001		$32		$14		$296			$67,343
CRE	6,242		15		—		45			6,302
Commercial construction	3,443		13		—		—			3,456
Total commercial LHFI	76,686		60		14		341			77,101
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgages - guaranteed	157		42		326		—		³	525
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed ²	27,256		53		7		240			27,556
Residential home equity products	9,708		60		—		150			9,918
Residential construction	205		—		2		10			217
Guaranteed student	5,320		697		875		—		³	6,892
Other direct	9,406		30		4		8			9,448
Indirect	11,618		88		—		6			11,712
Credit cards	1,539		13		14		—			1,566
Total consumer LHFI	65,209		983		1,228		414			67,834
Total LHFI		$141,895		$1,043		$1,242		$755			$144,935

¹Includes nonaccruing LHFI past due 90 days or more of $363 million. Nonaccruing LHFI past due fewer than 90 days include nonaccrual loans modified in TDRs, performing second lien loans where the first lien loan is nonperforming, and certain energy-related commercial loans.

²Includes $177 million of loans measured at fair value, the majority of which were accruing current.

³Guaranteed loans are not placed on nonaccruing regardless of delinquency status because collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured by the government.



	December 31, 2017
	Accruing
(Dollars in millions)	Current		30-89 Days Past Due		90+ Days Past Due		Nonaccruing ¹			Total
Commercial loans:
C&I		$66,092		$42		$7		$215			$66,356
CRE	5,293		—		—		24			5,317
Commercial construction	3,803		—		—		1			3,804
Total commercial LHFI	75,188		42		7		240			75,477
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgages - guaranteed	159		55		346		—		³	560
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed ²	26,778		148		4		206			27,136
Residential home equity products	10,348		75		—		203			10,626
Residential construction	280		7		—		11			298
Guaranteed student	4,946		659		1,028		—		³	6,633
Other direct	8,679		36		7		7			8,729
Indirect	12,022		111		—		7			12,140
Credit cards	1,556		13		13		—			1,582
Total consumer LHFI	64,768		1,104		1,398		434			67,704
Total LHFI		$139,956		$1,146		$1,405		$674			$143,181

¹Includes nonaccruing LHFI past due 90 days or more of $357 million. Nonaccruing LHFI past due fewer than 90 days include nonaccrual loans modified in TDRs, performing second lien loans where the first lien loan is nonperforming, and certain energy-related commercial loans.

²Includes $196 million of loans measured at fair value, the majority of which were accruing current.

³Guaranteed loans are not placed on nonaccruing regardless of delinquency status because collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured by the government.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Impaired Loans

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due, including principal and interest, according to the contractual terms of the agreement. Commercial nonaccrual loans greater than $3 million and certain commercial and consumer loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR are individually evaluated for

impairment. Smaller-balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and loans measured at fair value are not included in the following tables. Additionally, the following tables exclude guaranteed student loans and guaranteed residential mortgages for which there was nominal risk of principal loss due to the government guarantee.



	June 30, 2018						December 31, 2017
(Dollars in millions)	Unpaid Principal Balance		Carrying¹ Value		Related ALLL		Unpaid Principal Balance		Carrying¹ Value		Related ALLL
Impaired LHFI with no ALLL recorded:
Commercial loans:
C&I		$35		$33		$—		$38		$35		$—
CRE	47		41		—		—		—		—
Total commercial LHFI with no ALLL recorded	82		74		—		38		35		—
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	481		385		—		458		363		—
Residential construction	12		7		—		15		9		—
Total consumer LHFI with no ALLL recorded	493		392		—		473		372		—

Impaired LHFI with an ALLL recorded:
Commercial loans:
C&I	195		182		26		127		117		19
CRE	—		—		—		21		21		2
Total commercial LHFI with an ALLL recorded	195		182		26		148		138		21
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	1,079		1,048		105		1,133		1,103		113
Residential home equity products	900		847		51		953		895		54
Residential construction	87		83		6		93		90		7
Other direct	58		58		1		59		59		1
Indirect	131		130		7		123		122		7
Credit cards	28		8		1		26		7		1
Total consumer LHFI with an ALLL recorded	2,283		2,174		171		2,387		2,276		183
Total impaired LHFI		$3,053		$2,822		$197		$3,046		$2,821		$204

¹Carrying value reflects charge-offs that have been recognized plus other amounts that have been applied to adjust the net book balance.

Included in the impaired LHFI carrying values above at both June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were $2.4 billion of accruing TDRs, of which 98% and 96% were current, respectively. See Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding the Company’s loan impairment policy.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



	Three Months Ended June 30								Six Months Ended June 30
	2018				2017				2018				2017
(Dollars in millions)	Average Amortized Cost		Interest ¹ Income Recognized		Average Amortized Cost		Interest ¹ Income Recognized		Average Carrying Value		Interest¹ Income Recognized		Average Carrying Value		Interest¹ Income Recognized
Impaired LHFI with no ALLL recorded:
Commercial loans:
C&I		$46		$1		$127		$4		$47		$1		$118		$4
CRE	42		—		—		—		44		—		—		—
Total commercial LHFI with no ALLL recorded	88		1		127		4		91		1		118		4
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	383		4		358		4		378		7		356		7
Residential construction	7		—		9		—		7		—		9		—
Total consumer LHFI with no ALLL recorded	390		4		367		4		385		7		365		7

Impaired LHFI with an ALLL recorded:
Commercial loans:
C&I	184		1		153		1		185		2		156		1
CRE	—		—		16		—		—		—		17		—
Total commercial LHFI with an ALLL recorded	184		1		169		1		185		2		173		1
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	1,053		13		1,180		15		1,064		26		1,186		31
Residential home equity products	849		9		859		8		854		18		864		16
Residential construction	84		1		101		1		85		3		101		2
Other direct	58		1		58		1		58		2		59		2
Indirect	133		2		120		1		137		3		125		3
Credit cards	8		—		6		—		7		—		6		—
Total consumer LHFI with an ALLL recorded	2,185		26		2,324		26		2,205		52		2,341		54
Total impaired LHFI		$2,847		$32		$2,987		$35		$2,866		$62		$2,997		$66

¹Of the interest income recognized during each of the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, cash basis interest income was immaterial.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NPAs are presented in the following table:



(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017
NPAs:
Commercial NPLs:
C&I		$296		$215
CRE	45		24
Commercial construction	—		1
Consumer NPLs:
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	240		206
Residential home equity products	150		203
Residential construction	10		11
Other direct	8		7
Indirect	6		7
Total nonaccrual loans/NPLs ¹	755		674
OREO ²	53		57
Other repossessed assets	6		10
Total NPAs		$814		$741

¹ Nonaccruing restructured loans are included in total nonaccrual loans/NPLs.

² Does not include foreclosed real estate related to loans insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. Proceeds due from the FHA and the VA are recorded as a receivable in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets until the property is conveyed and the funds are received. The receivable related to proceeds due from the FHA and the VA totaled $44 million and $45 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

The Company's recorded investment of nonaccruing loans secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 was $77 million and $73 million, respectively. The Company's recorded investment of accruing loans secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 was $107 million and $101 million, of which $98 million and $97 million were insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA, respectively.

At June 30, 2018, OREO included $49 million of foreclosed residential real estate properties and $2 million of foreclosed commercial real estate properties, with the remaining $2 million related to land.

At December 31, 2017, OREO included $51 million of foreclosed residential real estate properties and $4 million of foreclosed commercial real estate properties, with the remaining $2 million related to land.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Restructured Loans

A TDR is a loan for which the Company has granted an economic concession to a borrower in response to financial difficulty experienced by the borrower, which the Company would not have considered otherwise. When a loan is modified under the terms of a TDR, the Company typically offers the borrower an extension of the loan maturity date and/or a reduction in the original contractual interest rate. In limited situations, the Company may offer to restructure a loan in a manner that

ultimately results in the forgiveness of a contractually specified principal balance.

At both June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had an immaterial amount of commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose terms have been modified in a TDR. The number and carrying value of loans modified under the terms of a TDR, by type of modification, are presented in the following tables:



	Three Months Ended June 30, 2018 ¹
(Dollars in millions)	Number of Loans Modified	Rate Modification		Term Extension and/or Other Concessions		Total
Commercial loans:
C&I	29		$—		$29		$29
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	159	8		32		40
Residential home equity products	144	—		12		12
Residential construction	3	—		—		—
Other direct	214	—		3		3
Indirect	617	—		16		16
Credit cards	426	2		—		2
Total TDR additions	1,592		$10		$92		$102

¹Includes loans modified under the terms of a TDR that were charged-off during the period.



	Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 ¹
(Dollars in millions)	Number of Loans Modified	Rate Modification		Term Extension and/or Other Concessions		Total
Commercial loans:
C&I	75		$—		$84		$84
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	219	17		38		55
Residential home equity products	280	—		24		24
Residential construction	4	—		—		—
Other direct	328	—		5		5
Indirect	1,395	—		35		35
Credit cards	734	3		—		3
Total TDR additions	3,035		$20		$186		$206

¹Includes loans modified under the terms of a TDR that were charged-off during the period.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



	Three Months Ended June 30, 2017 ¹
(Dollars in millions)	Number of Loans Modified	Rate Modification		Term Extension and/or Other Concessions		Total
Commercial loans:
C&I	30		$—		$38		$38
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	45	7		2		9
Residential home equity products	621	—		61		61
Other direct	180	—		2		2
Indirect	750	—		19		19
Credit cards	163	1		—		1
Total TDR additions	1,789		$8		$122		$130

¹Includes loans modified under the terms of a TDR that were charged-off during the period.



	Six Months Ended June 30, 2017 ¹
(Dollars in millions)	Number of Loans Modified	Rate Modification		Term Extension and/or Other Concessions		Total
Commercial loans:
C&I	60		$—		$39		$39
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	79	11		4		15
Residential home equity products	1,276	—		124		124
Other direct ²	290	—		4		4
Indirect	1,297	—		32		32
Credit cards	398	2		—		2
Total TDR additions	3,400		$13		$203		$216

¹Includes loans modified under the terms of a TDR that were charged-off during the period.

TDRs that defaulted during the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, which were first modified within the previous 12 months, were immaterial. The majority of loans that were modified under the terms of a TDR and subsequently became 90 days or more delinquent have remained on nonaccrual status since the time of delinquency.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company does not have a significant concentration of credit risk to any individual client except for the U.S. government and its agencies. However, a geographic concentration arises because the Company operates primarily within Florida, Georgia, Virginia, Maryland, and North Carolina. The Company’s cross-border outstanding loans totaled $1.3 billion and $1.4 billion at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

With respect to collateral concentration, the Company's recorded investment in residential real estate secured LHFI totaled $38.2 billion at June 30, 2018 and represented 26% of total LHFI. At December 31, 2017, the Company's recorded investment in residential real estate secured LHFI totaled $38.6 billion and represented 27% of total LHFI. Additionally, at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had commitments to extend credit on home equity lines of $10.1 billion, and had residential mortgage commitments outstanding of $3.8 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively. At both June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 1% of the Company's LHFI secured by residential real estate was insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 7 - ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The allowance for credit losses consists of the ALLL and the unfunded commitments reserve. Activity in the allowance for credit losses by loan segment is presented in the following tables:



	Three Months Ended June 30, 2018									Six Months Ended June 30, 2018
(Dollars in millions)	Commercial			Consumer			Total			Commercial			Consumer			Total
ALLL, beginning of period		$1,068			$626			$1,694			$1,101			$634			$1,735
Provision for loan losses	17			12			29			1			66			67
Loan charge-offs	(21		)	(80		)	(101		)	(44		)	(163		)	(207		)
Loan recoveries	4			24			28			10			45			55
ALLL, end of period	1,068			582			1,650			1,068			582			1,650

Unfunded commitments reserve, beginning of period ¹	69			—			69			79			—			79
Provision/(benefit) for unfunded commitments	3			—			3			(7		)	—			(7		)
Unfunded commitments reserve, end of period ¹	72			—			72			72			—			72

Allowance for credit losses		$1,140			$582			$1,722			$1,140			$582			$1,722

¹The unfunded commitments reserve is recorded in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.



	Three Months Ended June 30, 2017									Six Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Dollars in millions)	Commercial			Consumer			Total			Commercial			Consumer			Total
ALLL, beginning of period		$1,120			$594			$1,714			$1,124			$585			$1,709
Provision for loan losses	39			48			87			84			120			204
Loan charge-offs	(26		)	(75		)	(101		)	(89		)	(159		)	(248		)
Loan recoveries	7			24			31			21			45			66
ALLL, end of period	1,140			591			1,731			1,140			591			1,731

Unfunded commitments reserve, beginning of period ¹	69			—			69			67			—			67
Provision for unfunded commitments	3			—			3			5			—			5
Unfunded commitments reserve, end of period ¹	72			—			72			72			—			72

Allowance for credit losses		$1,212			$591			$1,803			$1,212			$591			$1,803

¹The unfunded commitments reserve is recorded in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

As discussed in Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K, the ALLL is composed of both specific allowances for certain nonaccrual loans and TDRs, and general allowances for groups of loans with similar risk characteristics. No allowance is required for loans

measured at fair value. Additionally, the Company records an immaterial allowance for loan products that are insured by federal agencies or guaranteed by GSEs, as there is nominal risk of principal loss.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The Company’s LHFI portfolio and related ALLL are presented in the following tables:



	June 30, 2018
	Commercial Loans				Consumer Loans				Total
(Dollars in millions)	Carrying Value		Related ALLL		Carrying Value		Related ALLL		Carrying Value		Related ALLL
LHFI evaluated for impairment:
Individually evaluated		$256		$26		$2,566		$171		$2,822		$197
Collectively evaluated	76,845		1,042		65,091		411		141,936		1,453
Total evaluated	77,101		1,068		67,657		582		144,758		1,650
LHFI measured at fair value	—		—		177		—		177		—
Total LHFI		$77,101		$1,068		$67,834		$582		$144,935		$1,650



	December 31, 2017
	Commercial Loans				Consumer Loans				Total
(Dollars in millions)	Carrying Value		Related ALLL		Carrying Value		Related ALLL		Carrying Value		Related ALLL
LHFI evaluated for impairment:
Individually evaluated		$173		$21		$2,648		$183		$2,821		$204
Collectively evaluated	75,304		1,080		64,860		451		140,164		1,531
Total evaluated	75,477		1,101		67,508		634		142,985		1,735
LHFI measured at fair value	—		—		196		—		196		—
Total LHFI		$75,477		$1,101		$67,704		$634		$143,181		$1,735

NOTE 8 – GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

The Company conducts a goodwill impairment test at the reporting unit level at least annually, or more frequently as events occur or circumstances change that would more-likely-than-not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the Company's goodwill accounting policy.

In the first and second quarters of 2018, the Company performed qualitative goodwill assessments on its Consumer and Wholesale reporting units, considering changes in key assumptions as well as other events and circumstances occurring since the most recent annual goodwill impairment test performed as of October 1, 2017. The Company concluded, based on the

totality of factors observed, that it is not more-likely-than-not that the fair values of its reportable segments are less than their respective carrying values. Accordingly, goodwill was not required to be quantitatively tested for impairment during the six months ended June 30, 2018.

In the second quarter of 2018, certain business banking clients were transferred from the Wholesale segment to the Consumer segment, resulting in the reallocation of $128 million in goodwill. See Note 18, "Business Segment Reporting," for additional information. The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the six months ended June 30, 2018 are presented in the following table. There were no material changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the six months ended June 30, 2017.



(Dollars in millions)	Consumer		Wholesale			Total
Balance, January 1, 2018		$4,262		$2,069			$6,331
Reallocation related to intersegment transfer of business banking clients	128		(128		)	—
Balance, June 30, 2018		$4,390		$1,941			$6,331

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Other Intangible Assets

Changes in the carrying amounts of other intangible assets for the six months ended June 30 are presented in the following table:



(Dollars in millions)	Residential MSRs - Fair Value			Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights and Other			Total
Balance, January 1, 2018		$1,710			$81			$1,791
Amortization ¹	—			(11		)	(11		)
Servicing rights originated	149			7			156
Servicing rights purchased	75			—			75
Changes in fair value:
Due to changes in inputs and assumptions ²	146			—			146
Other changes in fair value ³	(120		)	—			(120		)
Servicing rights sold	(1		)	—			(1		)
Balance, June 30, 2018		$1,959			$77			$2,036

Balance, January 1, 2017		$1,572			$85			$1,657
Amortization ¹	—			(10		)	(10		)
Servicing rights originated	162			7			169
Changes in fair value:
Due to changes in inputs and assumptions ²	(16		)	—			(16		)
Other changes in fair value ³	(109		)	—			(109		)
Servicing rights sold	(1		)	—			(1		)
Other ⁴	—			(1		)	(1		)
Balance, June 30, 2017		$1,608			$81			$1,689

¹ Does not include expense associated with non-qualified community development investments. See Note 10, "Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," for additional information.

² Primarily reflects changes in option adjusted spreads and prepayment speed assumptions, due to changes in interest rates.

³ Represents changes due to the collection of expected cash flows, net of accretion due to the passage of time.

⁴ Represents measurement period adjustment on other intangible assets acquired previously in the Pillar acquisition.

The gross carrying value and accumulated amortization of other intangible assets are presented in the following table:



	June 30, 2018							December 31, 2017
(Dollars in millions)	Gross Carrying Value		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Value		Gross Carrying Value		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Value
Amortized other intangible assets ¹:
Commercial mortgage servicing rights		$86		($23	)		$63		$79		($14	)		$65
Other	20		(18		)	2		32		(28		)	4
Unamortized other intangible assets:
Residential MSRs	1,959		—			1,959		1,710		—			1,710
Other	12		—			12		12		—			12
Total other intangible assets		$2,077		($41	)		$2,036		$1,833		($42	)		$1,791

¹ Excludes other intangible assets that are indefinite-lived, carried at fair value, or fully amortized.

Servicing Rights

The Company acquires servicing rights and retains servicing rights for certain of its sales or securitizations of residential mortgages and commercial loans. Servicing rights on residential and commercial mortgages are the only material servicing assets capitalized by the Company and are classified as Other intangible assets on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

Income earned by the Company on its residential MSRs is derived primarily from contractually specified mortgage

servicing fees and late fees, net of curtailment costs, and is presented in the following table.



	Three Months Ended June 30				Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)	2018		2017		2018		2017
Income from residential MSRs ¹		$107		$101		$214		$202

¹Recognized in Mortgage servicing related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The UPB of residential mortgage loans serviced for third parties is presented in the following table:



(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017
UPB of loans underlying residential MSRs		$140,328		$136,071

The Company purchased MSRs on residential loans with a UPB of $5.9 billion during the six months ended June 30, 2018. No MSRs on residential loans were purchased during the six months ended June 30, 2017. During the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company sold MSRs on residential loans, at a price approximating their fair value, with a UPB of $221 million and $217 million, respectively.

The Company measures the fair value of its residential MSRs using a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income using prepayment projections, spreads, and other assumptions. The Consumer Valuation Committee reviews and approves all significant assumption changes at least quarterly, evaluating these inputs compared to various market and empirical data sources. Changes to valuation model inputs are reflected in the periods' results. See Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” for further information regarding the Company's residential MSR valuation methodology.

A summary of the key inputs used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s residential MSRs at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and the sensitivity of the fair values to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in those inputs, are presented in the following table.



(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018			December 31, 2017
Fair value of residential MSRs		$1,959			$1,710
Prepayment rate assumption (annual)	13		%	13		%
Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change		$92			$85
Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change	173			160
Option adjusted spread (annual)	3		%	4		%
Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change		$49			$47
Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change	93			90
Weighted-average life (in years)	5.7			5.4
Weighted-average coupon	4.0		%	3.9		%

These residential MSR sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. Changes in fair value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because (i) the relationship of the change in an assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear and (ii) changes in one assumption may result in changes in another, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities. The sensitivities do not reflect the effect of hedging activity undertaken by the Company to offset changes in the fair value of MSRs. See Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” for further information regarding these hedging activities.

Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

Income earned by the Company on its commercial mortgage servicing rights is derived primarily from contractually specified

servicing fees and other ancillary fees. The Company also earns income from subservicing certain third party commercial mortgages for which the Company does not record servicing rights. The following table presents the Company's income earned from servicing commercial mortgages.



	Three Months Ended June 30				Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)	2018		2017		2018		2017
Income from commercial mortgage servicing rights ¹		$7		$6		$14		$11
Income from subservicing third party commercial mortgages¹	3		4		6		8

¹Recognized in Commercial real estate related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The UPB of commercial mortgage loans serviced for third parties is presented in the following table:



(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017
UPB of commercial mortgages subserviced for third parties		$25,998		$24,294
UPB of loans underlying commercial mortgage servicing rights	5,894		5,760
Total UPB of commercial mortgages serviced for third parties		$31,892		$30,054

No commercial mortgage servicing rights were purchased or sold during the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017.

Commercial mortgage servicing rights are accounted for at amortized cost and are monitored for impairment on an ongoing basis. The Company calculates the fair value of commercial servicing rights based on the present value of estimated future net servicing income, considering prepayment projections and other assumptions. Impairment, if any, is recognized when the carrying value of the servicing asset exceeds the fair value at the measurement date. The amortized cost of the Company's commercial mortgage servicing rights were $63 million and $65 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

A summary of the key inputs used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s commercial mortgage servicing rights at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and the sensitivity of the fair values to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in those inputs, are presented in the following table.



(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018			December 31, 2017
Fair value of commercial mortgage servicing rights		$76			$75
Discount rate (annual)	12		%	12		%
Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change		$3			$3
Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change	6			6
Prepayment rate assumption (annual)	6		%	7		%
Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change		$1			$1
Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change	2			2
Weighted-average life (in years)	7.5			7.0
Float earnings rate (annual)	1.1		%	1.1		%

Commercial mortgage servicing right sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 9 - OTHER ASSETS

The components of other assets are presented in the following table:



(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017
Non-trading equity securities:
Marketable equity securities:
Mutual fund investments ¹		$95		$49
Other equity ^{1, 2}	31		7
Nonmarketable equity securities:
Federal Reserve Bank stock¹	403		403
FHLB stock ¹	90		15
Other equity ²	42		26
Lease assets	1,705		1,528
Tax credit investments ³	1,434		1,272
Bank-owned life insurance	1,409		1,411
Accrued income	995		880
Accounts receivable	860		2,201
Pension assets, net	497		464
Prepaid expenses	257		319
OREO	53		57
Other	921		786
Total other assets		$8,792		$9,418

² During the second quarter of 2018, the Company reclassified $22 million of equity securities from nonmarketable to marketable equity securities due to newly available, readily determinable fair value information observed in active markets.

³ See Note 10, "Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," for additional information.

Equity Securities Not Classified as Trading Assets or Liabilities

Equity securities with readily determinable fair values (marketable) that are not held for trading purposes are recorded at fair value and include mutual fund investments and other publicly traded equity securities.

Equity securities without readily determinable fair values (nonmarketable) that are not held for trading purposes include Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta and FHLB of Atlanta capital stock, both held at cost, as well as other equity securities that the Company elected to account for under the measurement alternative, pursuant to its adoption of ASU 2016-01 on January

1, 2018. See the “Equity Securities” and “Accounting Pronouncements” sections of Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” for additional information on the Company's adoption of ASU 2016-01 and for policy updates related to equity securities.

The following table summarizes net gains/(losses) for equity securities not classified as trading assets:



(Dollars in millions)	Three Months Ended June 30, 2018		Six Months Ended June 30, 2018
Net gains from marketable equity securities ¹		$13		$14
Net gains/(losses) from nonmarketable equity securities:
Remeasurement losses and impairment	—		—
Remeasurement gains ¹	—		23
Less: Net realized gains from sale	—		—
Total net unrealized gains from non-trading equity securities		$13		$37

¹Recognized in Other noninterest income in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.

Lease Assets

Lease assets consist primarily of operating leases in which the Company is the lessor. In these scenarios, the Company leases assets and receives periodic rental payments. Depreciation on the leased asset is recognized over the term of the operating lease. Any impairment on the leased asset is recognized to the extent that the carrying value of the asset is not recoverable and is greater than its fair value.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

Bank-owned life insurance consists of life insurance policies held on certain employees for which the Company is the beneficiary. These policies provide the Company an efficient form of funding for retirement and other employee benefits costs.

Pension Assets

Pension assets (net) represent the funded status of the Company's overfunded pension and other postretirement benefits plans, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation at period end.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 10 - CERTAIN TRANSFERS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

The Company has transferred loans and securities in sale or securitization transactions for which the Company retains certain beneficial interests, servicing rights, and/or recourse. These transfers of financial assets include certain residential mortgage loans, guaranteed student loans, and commercial loans, as discussed in the following section, "Transfers of Financial Assets." Cash receipts on beneficial interests held related to these transfers were immaterial for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017.

When a transfer or other transaction occurs with a VIE, the Company first determines whether it has a VI in the VIE. A VI is typically in the form of securities representing retained interests in transferred assets and, at times, servicing rights, and for commercial mortgage loans sold to Fannie Mae, the loss share guarantee. See Note 14, “Guarantees,” for further discussion of the Company's loss share guarantee. When determining whether to consolidate the VIE, the Company evaluates whether it is a primary beneficiary which has both (i) the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE, and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses, or the right to receive benefits, that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

To determine whether a transfer should be accounted for as a sale or a secured borrowing, the Company evaluates whether: (i) the transferred assets are legally isolated, (ii) the transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (iii) the Company has relinquished effective control of the transferred assets. If all three conditions are met, then the transfer is accounted for as a sale.

Except as specifically noted herein, the Company is not required to provide additional financial support to any of the entities to which the Company has transferred financial assets, nor has the Company provided any support it was not otherwise obligated to provide. No events occurred during the six months ended June 30, 2018 that changed the Company’s previous conclusions regarding whether it is the primary beneficiary of the VIEs described herein. Furthermore, no events occurred during the six months ended June 30, 2018 that changed the Company’s sale conclusion with regards to previously transferred residential mortgage loans, guaranteed student loans, or commercial loans.

Transfers of Financial Assets

The following discussion summarizes transfers of financial assets to entities for which the Company has retained some level of continuing involvement.

Consumer Loans

Residential Mortgage Loans

The Company typically transfers first lien residential mortgage loans in conjunction with Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac securitization transactions, whereby the loans are exchanged for cash or securities that are readily redeemable for cash, and servicing rights are retained.

The Company sold residential mortgage loans to Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac, which resulted in pre-tax net gains of $19 million and $7 million for the three and six

months ended June 30, 2018, and pre-tax net gains of $83 million and $79 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively. Net gains/losses on the sale of residential mortgage LHFS are recorded at inception of the associated IRLCs and reflect the change in value of the loans resulting from changes in interest rates from the time the Company enters into the related IRLCs with borrowers until the loans are sold, but do not include the results of hedging activities initiated by the Company to mitigate this market risk. See Note 15, "Derivative Financial Instruments," for further discussion of the Company's hedging activities. The Company has made certain representations and warranties with respect to the transfer of these loans. See Note 14, “Guarantees,” for additional information regarding representations and warranties.

In a limited number of securitizations, the Company has received securities in addition to cash in exchange for the transferred loans, while also retaining servicing rights. The securities received are measured at fair value and classified as securities AFS. During the second quarter of 2018, the Company sold the majority of these securities for a net gain of $6 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018, recognized in Net securities gains on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The fair value of retained securities was immaterial at June 30, 2018 and totaled $22 million at December 31, 2017.

The Company evaluates securitization entities in which it has a VI for potential consolidation under the VIE consolidation model. Notwithstanding the Company's role as servicer, the Company typically does not have power over the securitization entities as a result of rights held by the master servicer. In certain transactions, the Company does have power as the servicer, but does not have an obligation to absorb losses, or the right to receive benefits, that could potentially be significant. In all such cases, the Company does not consolidate the securitization entity. Due to our aforementioned sale of securities AFS in the second quarter of 2018, the Company’s remaining VI in the securitization entity was immaterial at June 30, 2018. Assets of the unconsolidated entities in which the Company has a VI totaled $147 million at December 31, 2017.

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss related to these unconsolidated residential mortgage loan securitizations is comprised of the loss of value of any interests it retains, which was immaterial at June 30, 2018 and totaled $22 million at December 31, 2017, as well as any repurchase obligations or other losses it incurs as a result of any guarantees related to these securitizations, which is discussed further in Note 14, “Guarantees.”

Guaranteed Student Loans

The Company has securitized government-guaranteed student loans through a transfer of loans to a securitization entity and retained the residual interest in the entity. The Company concluded that this entity should be consolidated because the Company has (i) the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses, and the right to receive benefits, that could potentially be significant. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets reflected $177 million and $192 million of assets held by

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

the securitization entity and $174 million and $189 million of debt issued by the entity, respectively, inclusive of related accrued interest.

To the extent that the securitization entity incurs losses on its assets, the securitization entity has recourse to the guarantor of the underlying loan, which is backed by the Department of Education up to a maximum guarantee of 98%, or in the event of death, disability, or bankruptcy, 100%. When not fully guaranteed, losses reduce the amount of available cash payable to the Company as the owner of the residual interest. To the extent that losses result from a breach of servicing responsibilities, the Company, which functions as the master servicer, may be required to repurchase the defaulted loan(s) at par value. If the breach was caused by the subservicer, the Company would seek reimbursement from the subservicer up to the guaranteed amount. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss related to the securitization entity would arise from a breach of its servicing responsibilities. To date, loss claims filed with the guarantor that have been denied due to servicing errors have either been, or are in the process of being cured, or reimbursement has been

provided to the Company by the subservicer, or in limited cases, absorbed by the Company.

Commercial Loans

The Company originates and sells certain commercial mortgage loans to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, originates FHA insured loans, and issues and sells Ginnie Mae commercial MBS secured by FHA insured loans. The Company transferred commercial loans to these Agencies and GSEs, which resulted in pre-tax net gains of $5 million and $14 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018, and pre-tax net gains of $3 million and $17 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively. The loans are exchanged for cash or securities that are readily redeemable for cash, with servicing rights retained. The Company has made certain representations and warranties with respect to the transfer of these loans and has entered into a loss share guarantee related to certain loans transferred to Fannie Mae. See Note 14, “Guarantees,” for additional information regarding the commercial mortgage loan loss share guarantee.

The Company's total managed loans, including the LHFI portfolio and other transferred loans (securitized and unsecuritized), are presented in the following table by portfolio balance and delinquency status (accruing loans 90 days or more past due and all nonaccrual loans) at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, as well as the related net charge-offs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017.



	Portfolio Balance				Past Due and Nonaccrual				Net Charge-offs
	June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017		June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017		Three Months Ended June 30						Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017		June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017		2018			2017			2018			2017
LHFI portfolio:
Commercial		$77,101		$75,477		$355		$247		$17			$19			$34			$68
Consumer	67,834		67,704		1,642		1,832		56			51			118			114
Total LHFI portfolio	144,935		143,181		1,997		2,079		73			70			152			182
Managed securitized loans:
Commercial ¹	5,894		5,760		—		—		—			—			—			—
Consumer	138,585		134,160		295		171		1		²	1		²	3		²	4		²
Total managed securitized loans	144,479		139,920		295		171		1			1			3			4
Managed unsecuritized loans ³	1,950		2,200		291		340		—			—			—			—
Total managed loans		$291,364		$285,301		$2,583		$2,590		$74			$71			$155			$186

¹ Comprised of commercial mortgages sold through Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and Ginnie Mae securitizations, whereby servicing has been retained by the Company.

² Amounts associated with $482 million and $602 million of managed securitized loans at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Net charge-off data is not reported to the Company for the remaining balance of $138.1 billion and $133.6 billion of managed securitized loans at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

³ Comprised of unsecuritized loans the Company originated and sold to private investors with servicing rights retained. Net charge-offs on these loans are not presented in the table as the data is not reported to the Company by the private investors that own these related loans.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Other Variable Interest Entities

In addition to exposure to VIEs arising from transfers of financial assets, the Company also has involvement with VIEs from other business activities.

Tax Credit Investments

The following table provides information related to the Company's investments in tax credit VIEs that it does not consolidate:



	Community Development Investments				Renewable Energy Partnerships
(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017		June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017
Carrying value of investments ¹		$1,421		$1,272		$13		$—
Maximum exposure to loss related to investments ²	2,029		1,905		192		—


¹	At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the carrying value of community development investments excludes $64 million and $59 million of investments in funds that do not qualify for tax credits, respectively.


²	At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, community development investment maximum exposure includes $386 million and $354 million of loans and $628 million and $627 million of unfunded equity commitments issued by the Company to these investments, respectively.

At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, renewable energy partnership maximum exposure includes $179 million and $0 of unfunded equity commitments issued by the Company to these investments, respectively.

Community Development Investments

The Company invests in multi-family affordable housing partnership developments and other community development entities as a limited partner and/or a lender. The carrying value of these investments is recorded in Other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company receives tax credits for its limited partner investments, which are recorded in Provision for income taxes in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. Amortization recognized on qualified affordable housing partnerships is recorded in the Provision for income taxes, net of the related tax benefits, in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. Amortization recognized on other community development investments is recorded in Amortization in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company has determined that the majority of the related partnerships are VIEs.

The Company has concluded that it is not the primary beneficiary of these investments when it invests as a limited partner and there is a third party general partner. The general partner, or an affiliate of the general partner, often provides guarantees to the limited partner, which protects the Company from construction and operating losses and tax credit allocation deficits. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss would result from the loss of its limited partner investments, net of liabilities, along with loans or interest-rate swap fair value exposures issued by the Company to these investments as well as unfunded equity commitments that the Company is required to fund if certain conditions are met.

The following table presents tax credits and amortization associated with the Company’s investments in community development investments.



	Tax Credits								Amortization
	Three Months Ended June 30				Six Months Ended June 30				Three Months Ended June 30				Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)	2018		2017		2018		2017		2018		2017		2018		2017
Qualified affordable housing partnerships		$29		$25		$59		$50		$31		$25		$63		$49
Other community development investments	20		19		38		35		16		14		31		27

Renewable Energy Partnerships

In the second quarter of 2018, the Company began investing in entities that promote renewable energy sources, as a limited partner. The carrying value of these renewable energy partnership investments is recorded in Other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the associated tax credits received for these investments are recorded as a reduction to the carrying value of these investments. The Company has determined that these renewable energy tax credit partnerships are VIEs.

The Company has concluded that it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs because it does not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIEs' financial performance and therefore, it is not required to consolidate these VIEs. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss related to these investments is comprised of its equity investments in these partnerships and any additional unfunded equity commitments.

Total Return Swaps

At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the outstanding notional amounts of the Company's VIE-facing TRS contracts were $1.6 billion and $1.7 billion, and related senior financing outstanding to VIEs were $1.6 billion and 1.7 billion, respectively. These financings were measured at fair value and classified within Trading assets and derivative instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company entered into client-facing TRS contracts of the same outstanding notional amounts. The notional amounts of the TRS contracts with VIEs represent the Company’s maximum exposure to loss, although this exposure has been mitigated via the TRS contracts with third party clients. For additional information on the Company’s TRS contracts and its involvement with these VIEs, see Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” as well as Note 10, "Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 11 – NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE

Equivalent shares of less than 1 million related to common stock options and warrants outstanding at June 30, 2017 were excluded from the computations of diluted net income per average common share because they would have been anti-dilutive.

Reconciliations of net income to net income available to common shareholders and average basic common shares outstanding to average diluted common shares outstanding are presented in the following table.



	Three Months Ended June 30						Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars and shares in millions, except per share data)	2018			2017			2018			2017
Net income		$722			$528			$1,365			$995
Less:
Preferred stock dividends	(25		)	(23		)	(55		)	(39		)
Net income available to common shareholders		$697			$505			$1,310			$956

Average common shares outstanding - basic	465.5			482.9			467.1			486.5
Add dilutive securities:
RSUs	2.6			2.7			2.7			2.9
Common stock warrants and restricted stock	0.6			1.6			1.1			1.7
Stock options	0.6			0.8			0.6			0.9
Average common shares outstanding - diluted	469.3			488.0			471.5			492.0

Net income per average common share - diluted		$1.49			$1.03			$2.78			$1.94
Net income per average common share - basic	1.50			1.05			2.80			1.97

NOTE 12 - INCOME TAXES

For the three months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, the provision for income taxes was $171 million and $222 million, representing effective tax rates of 19% and 30%, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, the provision for income taxes was $318 million and $381 million, representing effective tax rates of 19% and 28%, respectively. The effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2018 was favorably impacted by a net $4 million discrete income tax benefit, while the effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2017 was favorably impacted by a net $23 million discrete income tax benefit related primarily to share-based compensation.

The $4 million net discrete income tax benefit for the six months ended June 30, 2018 was driven primarily by a $20 million tax benefit for share-based compensation and a $19 million tax benefit for an adjustment to the Company's December 31, 2017 remeasurement of its estimated DTAs and DTLs at the reduced federal corporate income tax rate of 21%. These income tax benefits were offset largely by a $35 million discrete tax expense related to an increase in the valuation allowance recorded for STM's state carryforwards. Any additional adjustment to the Company's December 31, 2017

remeasurement of its estimated DTAs and DTLs would be recorded as an adjustment to the provision for income taxes in 2018 in the period the adjustment amount is determined.

At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had a valuation allowance recorded against its state carryforwards and certain state DTAs of $180 million and $143 million, respectively. This increase in the valuation allowance was due primarily to the impact of the pending merger of STM and the Bank on the future realization of STM's state NOL carryforwards. See Note 18, “Business Segment Reporting,” for additional information regarding the pending merger of STM and the Bank.

The provision for income taxes includes both federal and state income taxes and differs from the provision using statutory rates due primarily to favorable permanent tax items such as interest income from lending to tax-exempt entities, tax credits, and amortization expense related to qualified affordable housing investment costs. The Company calculated the provision for income taxes by applying the estimated annual effective tax rate to year-to-date pre-tax income and adjusting for discrete items that occurred during the period.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 13 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company sponsors various compensation and benefit programs to attract and retain talent. Aligned with a pay for performance culture, the Company's plans and programs include short-term incentives, AIP, and various LTI plans. See Note 15,

"Employee Benefit Plans," to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the Company's employee benefit plans.

Stock-based compensation expense recognized in Employee compensation in the Consolidated Statements of Income consisted of the following:



	Three Months Ended June 30				Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)	2018		2017		2018		2017
RSUs		$22		$16		$60		$50
Phantom stock units ¹	9		16		27		40
Total stock-based compensation expense		$31		$32		$87		$90

Stock-based compensation tax benefit ²		$7		$12		$21		$34

¹Phantom stock units are settled in cash. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2018, the Company paid $1 million and $75 million, respectively, related to these share-based liabilities. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2017, the Company paid $1 million and $77 million, respectively, related to these share-based liabilities.

² Does not include excess tax benefits or deficiencies recognized in the Provision for income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Components of net periodic benefit related to the Company's pension and other postretirement benefits plans are presented in the following table and are recognized in Employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Income:



	Pension Benefits ¹												Other Postretirement Benefits
	Three Months Ended June 30						Six Months Ended June 30						Three Months Ended June 30						Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)	2018			2017			2018			2017			2018			2017			2018			2017
Service cost		$1			$1			$3			$3			$—			$—			$—			$—
Interest cost	23			24			46			47			—			—			—			1
Expected return on plan assets	(47		)	(49		)	(94		)	(97		)	(1		)	(1		)	(2		)	(3		)
Amortization of prior service credit	—			—			—			—			(2		)	(1		)	(3		)	(3		)
Amortization of actuarial loss	6			6			11			12			—			—			—			—
Net periodic benefit		($17	)		($18	)		($34	)		($35	)		($3	)		($2	)		($5	)		($5	)

¹Administrative fees are recognized in service cost for each of the periods presented.

In the second quarter of 2017, the Company amended its NCF Retirement Plan in accordance with its decision to terminate the pension plan effective as of July 31, 2017. The NCF pension plan termination is on schedule to be completed by the end of 2018

and the Company is in process of evaluating the impact of the termination and expected future settlement accounting on its Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 14 – GUARANTEES

The Company has undertaken certain guarantee obligations in the ordinary course of business. The issuance of a guarantee imposes an obligation for the Company to stand ready to perform and make future payments should certain triggering events occur. Payments may be in the form of cash, financial instruments, other assets, shares of stock, or through provision of the Company’s services. The following is a discussion of the guarantees that the Company has issued at June 30, 2018. The Company has also entered into certain contracts that are similar to guarantees, but that are accounted for as derivative instruments as discussed in Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments.”

Letters of Credit

Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company, generally to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party in borrowing arrangements, such as CP, bond financing, or similar transactions. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to clients but may be reduced by selling participations to third parties. The Company issues letters of credit that are classified as financial standby, performance standby, or commercial letters of credit; however, commercial letters of credit are considered guarantees of funding and are not subject to the disclosure requirements of guarantee obligations.

At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the maximum potential exposure to loss related to the Company's issued letters of credit was $2.9 billion and $2.6 billion, respectively. The Company’s outstanding letters of credit generally have a term of more than one year. Some standby letters of credit are designed to be drawn upon in the normal course of business and others are drawn upon only in circumstances of dispute or default in the underlying transaction to which the Company is not a party. In all cases, the Company is entitled to reimbursement from the client. If a letter of credit is drawn upon and reimbursement is not provided by the client, the Company may take possession of the collateral securing the letter of credit, where applicable.

The Company monitors its credit exposure under standby letters of credit in the same manner as it monitors other extensions of credit in accordance with its credit policies. Consistent with the methodologies used for all commercial borrowers, an internal assessment of the PD and loss severity in the event of default is performed. The Company's credit risk management for letters of credit leverages the risk rating process to focus greater visibility on higher risk and higher dollar letters of credit. The allowance associated with letters of credit is a component of the unfunded commitments reserve recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is included in the allowance for credit losses as disclosed in Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses.” Additionally, unearned fees relating to letters of credit are recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The net carrying amount of unearned fees was immaterial at both June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

Loan Sales and Servicing

STM, a consolidated subsidiary of the Company, originates and purchases residential mortgage loans, a portion of which are sold to outside investors in the normal course of business through a

combination of whole loan sales to GSEs, Ginnie Mae, and non-agency investors. The Company also originates and sells certain commercial mortgage loans to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, originates FHA insured loans, and issues and sells Ginnie Mae commercial MBS secured by FHA insured loans.

When loans are sold, representations and warranties regarding certain attributes of the loans are made to third party purchasers. Subsequent to the sale, if a material underwriting deficiency or documentation defect is discovered, the Company may be obligated to repurchase the loan or to reimburse an investor for losses incurred (make whole requests), if such deficiency or defect cannot be cured by the Company within the specified period following discovery. These representations and warranties may extend through the life of the loan. In addition to representations and warranties related to loan sales, the Company makes representations and warranties that it will service the loans in accordance with investor servicing guidelines and standards, which may include (i) collection and remittance of principal and interest, (ii) administration of escrow for taxes and insurance, (iii) advancing principal, interest, taxes, insurance, and collection expenses on delinquent accounts, and (iv) loss mitigation strategies, including loan modifications and foreclosures.

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s reserve for residential mortgage loan repurchases:



	Three Months Ended June 30					Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)	2018			2017		2018			2017
Balance, beginning of period		$39			$40		$39			$40
Repurchase (benefit)/provision	(3		)	—		(3		)	—
Balance, end of period		$36			$40		$36			$40

A significant degree of judgment is used to estimate the mortgage repurchase liability as the estimation process is inherently uncertain and subject to imprecision. The Company believes that its reserve appropriately estimates incurred losses based on its current analysis and assumptions. While the mortgage repurchase reserve includes the estimated cost of settling claims related to required repurchases, the Company's estimate of losses depends on its assumptions regarding GSE and other counterparty behavior, loan performance, home prices, and other factors. The liability is recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the related repurchase (benefit)/provision is recognized in Mortgage production related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. See Note 17, "Contingencies," for additional information on current legal matters related to loan sales.

The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Company's outstanding repurchased residential mortgage loans:



(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017
Outstanding repurchased residential mortgage loans:
Performing LHFI		$194		$203
Nonperforming LHFI	18		16
Total carrying value of outstanding repurchased residential mortgages		$212		$219

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Residential mortgage loans sold to Ginnie Mae are insured by the FHA or are guaranteed by the VA. As servicer, the Company may elect to repurchase delinquent loans in accordance with Ginnie Mae guidelines; however, the loans continue to be insured. The Company may also indemnify the FHA and VA for losses related to loans not originated in accordance with their guidelines.

Commercial Mortgage Loan Loss Share Guarantee

In connection with the acquisition of Pillar, the Company assumed a loss share obligation associated with the terms of a master loss sharing agreement with Fannie Mae for multi-family commercial mortgage loans that were sold by Pillar to Fannie Mae under Fannie Mae’s delegated underwriting and servicing program. Upon the acquisition of Pillar, the Company entered into a lender contract amendment with Fannie Mae for multi-family commercial mortgage loans that Pillar sold to Fannie Mae prior to acquisition and that the Company sold to Fannie Mae subsequent to acquisition, whereby the Company bears a risk of loss of up to one-third of the incurred losses resulting from borrower defaults. The breach of any representation or warranty related to a loan sold to Fannie Mae could increase the Company's level of risk-sharing associated with the loan. The outstanding UPB of loans sold subject to the loss share guarantee was $3.3 billion and $3.4 billion at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The maximum potential exposure to loss was $962 million at both June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017. Using probability of default and severity of loss estimates, the Company's loss share liability was $12 million and $11 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, and is recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Visa

The Company executes credit and debit transactions through Visa and MasterCard. The Company is a defendant, along with Visa and MasterCard (the “Card Associations”), as well as other banks, in one of several antitrust lawsuits challenging the practices of the Card Associations (the “Litigation”). The Company entered into judgment and loss sharing agreements with Visa and certain other banks in order to apportion financial responsibilities arising from any potential adverse judgment or negotiated settlements related to the Litigation. Additionally, in connection with Visa's restructuring in 2007, shares of Visa common stock were issued to its financial institution members and the Company received its proportionate number of shares of Visa Inc. common stock, which were subsequently converted to Class B shares of Visa Inc. upon completion of Visa’s IPO in 2008. A provision of the original Visa By-Laws, which was restated in Visa's certificate of incorporation, contains a general indemnification provision between a Visa member and Visa that explicitly provides that each member's indemnification obligation is limited to losses arising from its own conduct and the specifically defined Litigation. While the district court approved a class action settlement of the Litigation in 2012 that settled the claims of both a damages class and an injunctive relief

class, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit reversed the district court's approval of the settlement on June 30, 2016. The U.S. Supreme Court denied plaintiffs' petition for certiorari on March 27, 2017, and the case returned to the district court for further action. Since being remanded to the district court, plaintiffs have pursued two separate class actions—one class action seeking damages that names, among others, the Company as a defendant, and one class action seeking injunctive relief that does not name the Company as a defendant, but for which the Company could bear some responsibility under the judgment and loss sharing agreement described above. A tentative agreement to resolve the claims of the damages class has been reached and the parties are working on finalizing that agreement, which would require court approval.

Agreements associated with Visa's IPO have provisions that Visa will fund a litigation escrow account, established for the purpose of funding judgments in, or settlements of, the Litigation. If the escrow account is insufficient to cover the Litigation losses, then Visa will issue additional Class A shares (“loss shares”). The proceeds from the sale of the loss shares would then be deposited in the escrow account. The issuance of the loss shares will cause a dilution of Visa's Class B shares as a result of an adjustment to lower the conversion factor of the Class B shares to Class A shares. Visa U.S.A.'s members are responsible for any portion of the settlement or loss on the Litigation after the escrow account is depleted and the value of the Class B shares is fully diluted.

In May 2009, the Company sold its 3.2 million Class B shares to the Visa Counterparty and entered into a derivative with the Visa Counterparty. Under the derivative, the Visa Counterparty is compensated by the Company for any decline in the conversion factor as a result of the outcome of the Litigation. Conversely, the Company is compensated by the Visa Counterparty for any increase in the conversion factor. The amount of payments made or received under the derivative is a function of the 3.2 million shares sold to the Visa Counterparty, the change in conversion rate, and Visa’s share price. The Visa Counterparty, as a result of its ownership of the Class B shares, is impacted by dilutive adjustments to the conversion factor of the Class B shares caused by the Litigation losses. Additionally, the Company will make periodic payments based on the notional of the derivative and a fixed rate until the date on which the Litigation is settled. The fair value of the derivative is estimated based on unobservable inputs consisting of management's estimate of the probability of certain litigation scenarios and the timing of the resolution of the Litigation due in large part to the aforementioned decision by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. The fair value of the derivative liability was $16 million and $15 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The fair value of the derivative is estimated based on the Company's expectations regarding the resolution of the Litigation. The ultimate impact to the Company could be significantly different based on the Litigation outcome.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 15 - DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company enters into various derivative financial instruments, both in a dealer capacity to facilitate client transactions and as an end user as a risk management tool. The Company generally manages the risk associated with these derivatives within the established MRM and credit risk management frameworks. Derivatives may be used by the Company to hedge various economic or client-related exposures. In such instances, derivative positions are typically monitored using a VAR methodology, with exposures reviewed daily. Derivatives are also used as a risk management tool to hedge the Company’s balance sheet exposure to changes in identified cash flow and fair value risks, either economically or in accordance with hedge accounting provisions. The Company’s Corporate Treasury function is responsible for employing the various hedge strategies to manage these objectives. The Company enters into IRLCs on residential and commercial mortgage loans that are accounted for as freestanding derivatives. Additionally, certain contracts containing embedded derivatives are measured, in their entirety, at fair value. All derivatives, including both freestanding as well as any embedded derivatives that the Company bifurcates from the host contracts, are measured at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in Trading assets and derivative instruments and Trading liabilities and derivative instruments. The associated gains and losses are either recognized in AOCI, net of tax, or within the Consolidated Statements of Income, depending upon the use and designation of the derivatives.

Credit and Market Risk Associated with Derivative Instruments

Derivatives expose the Company to risk that the counterparty to the derivative contract does not perform as expected. The Company manages its exposure to counterparty credit risk associated with derivatives by entering into transactions with counterparties with defined exposure limits based on their credit quality and in accordance with established policies and procedures. All counterparties are reviewed regularly as part of the Company’s credit risk management practices and appropriate action is taken to adjust the exposure limits to certain counterparties as necessary. The Company’s derivative transactions are generally governed by ISDA agreements or other legally enforceable industry standard master netting agreements. In certain cases and depending on the nature of the underlying derivative transactions, bilateral collateral agreements are also utilized. Furthermore, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to OTC derivative clearing requirements, which require certain derivatives to be cleared through central clearing houses, such as LCH and the CME. These clearing houses require the Company to post initial and variation margin to mitigate the risk of non-payment, the latter of which is received or paid daily based on the net asset or liability position of the contracts. Effective January 3, 2017, the CME amended its rulebook to legally characterize variation margin cash payments for cleared OTC derivatives as settlement rather than as collateral. Consistent with the CME's amended requirements, LCH amended its rulebook effective January 16, 2018, to legally characterize variation margin cash payments for cleared OTC derivatives as settlement rather than as collateral. As a result, in the first quarter of 2018, the Company began reducing the corresponding derivative asset and liability balances for LCH-

cleared OTC derivatives to reflect the settlement of those positions via the exchange of variation margin.

When the Company has more than one outstanding derivative transaction with a single counterparty, and there exists a legal right of offset with that counterparty, the Company considers its exposure to the counterparty to be the net fair value of its derivative positions with that counterparty. If the net fair value is positive, then the corresponding asset value also reflects cash collateral held. At June 30, 2018, the economic exposure of these net derivative asset positions was $400 million, reflecting $883 million of net derivative gains, adjusted for cash and other collateral of $483 million that the Company held in relation to these positions. At December 31, 2017, the economic exposure of net derivative asset positions was $541 million, reflecting $940 million of net derivative gains, adjusted for cash and other collateral held of $399 million.

Derivatives also expose the Company to market risk arising from the adverse effects that changes in market factors, such as interest rates, currency rates, equity prices, commodity prices, or implied volatility, may have on the value of the Company's derivatives. The Company manages this risk by establishing and monitoring limits on the types and degree of risk that may be undertaken. The Company measures its market risk exposure using a VAR methodology for derivatives designated as trading instruments. Other tools and risk measures are also used to actively manage risk associated with derivatives including scenario analysis and stress testing.

Derivative instruments are priced using observable market inputs at a mid-market valuation point and take into consideration appropriate valuation adjustments for collateral, market liquidity, and counterparty credit risk. For purposes of determining fair value adjustments to its OTC derivative positions, the Company takes into consideration the credit profile and likelihood of default by counterparties and itself, as well as its net exposure, which considers legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral along with remaining maturities. The expected loss of each counterparty is estimated using market-based views of counterparty default probabilities observed in the single-name CDS market, when available and of sufficient liquidity. When single-name CDS market data is not available or not of sufficient liquidity, the probability of default is estimated using a combination of the Company's internal risk rating system and sector/rating based CDS data.

For purposes of estimating the Company’s own credit risk on derivative liability positions, the DVA, the Company uses probabilities of default from observable, sector/rating based CDS data. The net fair value of the Company's derivative contracts were adjusted by an immaterial amount for estimates of counterparty credit risk and its own credit risk at both June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017. For additional information on the Company's fair value measurements, see Note 16, "Fair Value Election and Measurement."

Currently, the majority of the Company’s derivatives contain contingencies that relate to the creditworthiness of the Bank. These contingencies, which are contained in industry standard master netting agreements, may be considered events of default. Should the Bank be in default under any of these provisions, the Bank’s counterparties would be permitted to close

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

out transactions with the Bank on a net basis, at amounts that would approximate the fair values of the derivatives, resulting in a single sum due by one party to the other. The counterparties would have the right to apply any collateral posted by the Bank against any net amount owed by the Bank. Additionally, certain of the Company’s derivative liability positions, totaling $934 million and $1.1 billion in fair value at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, contain provisions conditioned on downgrades of the Bank’s credit rating. These provisions, if triggered, would either give rise to an ATE that permits the counterparties to close-out net and apply collateral or, where a CSA is present, require the Bank to post additional collateral.

At June 30, 2018, the Bank held senior long-term debt credit ratings of Baal/A-/A- from Moody’s, S&P, and Fitch, respectively. At June 30, 2018, ATEs have been triggered for less than $1 million in fair value liabilities. The maximum additional liability that could be triggered from ATEs was approximately $18 million at June 30, 2018. At June 30, 2018, $921 million in fair value of derivative liabilities were subject to CSAs, against which the Bank has posted $811 million in collateral, primarily in the form of cash. If requested by the counterparty pursuant to the terms of the CSA, the Bank would be required to post additional collateral of approximately $2 million against these contracts if the Bank were downgraded to Baa2/BBB+. Further downgrades to Baa3/BBB and Ba1/BBB- would require the Bank to post an additional $3 million and $7 million of collateral,

respectively. Any further downgrades below Ba2/BB+ do not contain predetermined collateral posting levels.

Notional and Fair Value of Derivative Positions

The following table presents the Company’s derivative positions at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017. The notional amounts in the table are presented on a gross basis at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017. Gross positive and gross negative fair value amounts associated with respective notional amounts are presented without consideration of any netting agreements, including collateral arrangements. Net fair value derivative amounts are adjusted on an aggregate basis, where applicable, to take into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements, including any cash collateral received or paid, and are recognized in Trading assets and derivative instruments or Trading liabilities and derivative instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For contracts constituting a combination of options that contain a written option and a purchased option (such as a collar), the notional amount of each option is presented separately, with the purchased notional amount generally being presented as a derivative asset and the written notional amount being presented as a derivative liability. For other contracts that contain a combination of options, the fair value is generally presented as a single value with the purchased notional amount if the combined fair value is positive, and with the written notional amount if the combined fair value is negative.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



	June 30, 2018								December 31, 2017
			Fair Value								Fair Value
(Dollars in millions)	Notional Amounts		Asset Derivatives			Liability Derivatives			Notional Amounts		Asset Derivatives			Liability Derivatives
Derivative instruments designated in hedging relationships
Cash flow hedges: ¹
Interest rate contracts hedging floating rate LHFI		$12,600		$1			$—			$14,200		$2			$252
Subtotal	12,600		1			—			14,200		2			252
Fair value hedges: ²
Interest rate contracts hedging fixed rate debt	7,455		—			—			5,920		1			58
Interest rate contracts hedging brokered time deposits	60		—			—			60		—			—
Subtotal	7,515		—			—			5,980		1			58

Derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments ³
Interest rate contracts hedging:
Residential MSRs ⁴	22,360		26			8			42,021		119			119
LHFS, IRLCs ⁵	7,758		10			21			7,590		9			6
LHFI	183		—			—			175		2			2
Trading activity ⁶	127,816		664			875			126,366		1,066			946
Foreign exchange rate contracts hedging loans and trading activity	8,501		117			94			7,058		110			102
Credit contracts hedging:
LHFI	610		—			11			515		—			11
Trading activity ⁷	3,175		15			13			3,454		15			12
Equity contracts hedging trading activity ⁶	36,474		2,102			2,346			38,907		2,499			2,857
Other contracts:
IRLCs and other ⁸	2,134		19			17			2,017		18			16
Commodity derivatives	1,555		116			114			1,422		63			61
Subtotal	210,566		3,069			3,499			229,525		3,901			4,132

Total derivative instruments		$230,681		$3,070			$3,499			$249,705		$3,904			$4,442

Total gross derivative instruments (before netting)				$3,070			$3,499					$3,904			$4,442
Less: Legally enforceable master netting agreements			(2,036		)	(2,036		)			(2,731		)	(2,731		)
Less: Cash collateral received/paid			(467		)	(833		)			(371		)	(1,303		)
Total derivative instruments (after netting)				$567			$630					$802			$408


¹	See “Cash Flow Hedging” in this Note for further discussion.


²	See “Fair Value Hedging” in this Note for further discussion.


³	See “Economic Hedging Instruments and Trading Activities” in this Note for further discussion.


⁴	Notional amounts include $4.5 billion and $16.6 billion related to interest rate futures at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. These futures contracts settle in cash daily, one day in arrears. The derivative asset or liability associated with the one day lag is included in the fair value column of this table.


⁵	Notional amounts include $305 million and $190 million related to interest rate futures at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. These futures contracts settle in cash daily, one day in arrears. The derivative asset or liability associated with the one day lag is included in the fair value column of this table.

⁶

Notional amounts include $6.4 billion and $9.8 billion related to interest rate futures at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and $406 million and $1.2 billion related to equity futures at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. These futures contracts settle in cash daily, one day in arrears. The derivative asset or liability associated with the one day lag is included in the fair value column of this table. Notional amounts also include amounts related to interest rate swaps hedging fixed rate debt.

⁷

Notional amounts include $6 million and $4 million from purchased credit risk participation agreements at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and $28 million and $11 million from written credit risk participation agreements at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. These notional amounts are calculated as the notional of the derivative participated adjusted by the relevant RWA conversion factor.

⁸

Notional amounts include $49 million at both June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, based on the 3.2 million of Visa Class B shares, the conversion ratio from Class B shares to Class A shares, and the Class A share price at the derivative inception date of May 28, 2009. This derivative was established upon the sale of Class B shares in the second quarter of 2009. See Note 14, “Guarantees” for additional information.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Netting of Derivative Instruments

The Company has various financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements. The Company's securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements, are discussed in Note 3, "Federal Funds Sold and Securities Financing Activities." The Company enters into ISDA or other legally enforceable industry standard master netting agreements with derivative counterparties. Under the terms of the master netting agreements, all transactions between the Company and the counterparty constitute a single business relationship such that in the event of default, the nondefaulting party is entitled to set off claims and apply property held by that party in respect of any transaction against obligations owed. Any payments, deliveries, or other transfers may be applied against each other and netted.

The following tables present total gross derivative instrument assets and liabilities at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, which are adjusted to reflect the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements and cash collateral received or paid when calculating the net amount reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Also included in the tables are financial instrument collateral related to legally enforceable master netting agreements that represents securities collateral received or pledged and customer cash collateral held at third party custodians. These amounts are not offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheets but are shown as a reduction to total derivative instrument assets and liabilities to derive net derivative assets and liabilities. These amounts are limited to the derivative asset/liability balance, and accordingly, do not include excess collateral received/pledged.



(Dollars in millions)	Gross Amount		Amount Offset		Net Amount Presented in Consolidated Balance Sheets			Held/Pledged Financial Instruments		Net Amount
June 30, 2018
Derivative instrument assets:
Derivatives subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement		$2,801		$2,386		$415			$16		$399
Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement	20		—		20			—		20
Exchange traded derivatives	249		117		132			—		132
Total derivative instrument assets		$3,070		$2,503		$567	¹		$16		$551

Derivative instrument liabilities:
Derivatives subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement		$3,272		$2,752		$520			$38		$482
Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement	110		—		110			—		110
Exchange traded derivatives	117		117		—			—		—
Total derivative instrument liabilities		$3,499		$2,869		$630	²		$38		$592

December 31, 2017
Derivative instrument assets:
Derivatives subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement		$3,491		$2,923		$568			$28		$540
Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement	18		—		18			—		18
Exchange traded derivatives	395		179		216			—		216
Total derivative instrument assets		$3,904		$3,102		$802	¹		$28		$774

Derivative instrument liabilities:
Derivatives subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement		$4,128		$3,855		$273			$27		$246
Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement	130		—		130			—		130
Exchange traded derivatives	184		179		5			—		5
Total derivative instrument liabilities		$4,442		$4,034		$408	²		$27		$381

¹ At June 30, 2018, $567 million, net of $467 million offsetting cash collateral, is recognized in Trading assets and derivative instruments within the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2017, $802 million, net of $371 million offsetting cash collateral, is recognized in Trading assets and derivative instruments within the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

² At June 30, 2018, $630 million, net of $833 million offsetting cash collateral, is recognized in Trading liabilities and derivative instruments within the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2017, $408 million, net of $1.3 billion offsetting cash collateral, is recognized in Trading liabilities and derivative instruments within the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Fair Value and Cash Flow Hedging Instruments

Fair Value Hedging

The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements as part of its risk management objectives for hedging exposure to changes in fair value due to changes in interest rates. These hedging arrangements convert certain fixed rate long-term debt and CDs to floating rates. Subsequent to the adoption of ASU 2017-12, changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in the same income statement line as the earnings impact from the hedged item. There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded in the Company’s assessment of hedge effectiveness related to the fair value hedges. For additional information on the Company's adoption of ASU 2017-12 and related policy updates, see Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies.”

Cash Flow Hedging

The Company utilizes a comprehensive risk management strategy to monitor sensitivity of earnings to movements in interest rates. Specific types of funding and principal amounts hedged are determined based on prevailing market conditions and the shape of the yield curve. In conjunction with this strategy, the Company may employ various interest rate derivatives as risk management tools to hedge interest rate risk from recognized assets and liabilities or from forecasted transactions. The terms and notional amounts of derivatives are determined based on management’s assessment of future interest rates, as well as other factors.

The Company enters into interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedging instruments to hedge its exposure to benchmark interest rate risk associated with floating rate loans. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2018, the amount of pre-tax loss recognized in OCI on derivative instruments was $61 million and $225 million, respectively. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2017, the amount of pre-tax gain recognized in OCI on derivative instruments was $76 million and $51 million, respectively. At June 30, 2018, the maturities for hedges of floating rate loans ranged from less than one year to five years, with the weighted average being 3.2 years. At December 31, 2017, the maturities for hedges of floating rate loans ranged from less than one year to five years, with the weighted average being 3.6 years. These hedges have been highly effective in offsetting the designated risks. At June 30, 2018, $106 million of deferred net pre-tax losses on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges on floating rate loans recognized in AOCI are expected to be reclassified into net interest income during the next twelve months. The amount to be reclassified into income incorporates the impact from both active and terminated cash flow hedges, including the net interest income earned on the active hedges, assuming no changes in LIBOR. The Company may choose to terminate or de-designate a hedging relationship due to a change in the risk management objective for that specific hedge item, which may arise in conjunction with an overall balance sheet management strategy.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Pursuant to the adoption of ASU 2017-12, the following table presents gains and losses on derivatives in fair value and cash flow hedging relationships by contract type and by income statement line item for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2017 the amounts presented below were not conformed to the new hedge accounting guidance. The tables do not disclose the financial impact of the activities that these derivative instruments are intended to hedge.



	Net Interest Income											Noninterest Income
(Dollars in millions)	Interest and fees on LHFI				Interest on Long-term Debt				Interest on Deposits			Trading Income			Total
Three Months Ended June 30, 2018
Interest income/(expense), including the effects of fair value and cash flow hedges		$1,476				($83	)			($159	)		$53			$1,287

(Loss)/gain on fair value hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts:
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives		$—				($1	)			$—			$—			($1	)
Recognized on derivatives	—				(26		)		—			—			(26		)
Recognized on hedged items	—				24			¹	—			—			24
Net expense recognized on fair value hedges		$—				($3	)			$—			$—			($3	)

Loss on cash flow hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts:
Amount of pre-tax loss reclassified from AOCI into income		($16	)	²		$—				$—			$—			($16	)
Net expense recognized on cash flow hedges		($16	)			$—				$—			$—			($16	)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2018
Interest income/(expense), including the effects of fair value and cash flow hedges		$2,874				($157	)			($291	)		$95			$2,521

Gain/(loss) on fair value hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts:
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives		$—				$1				$—			$—			$1
Recognized on derivatives	—				(98		)		—			—			(98		)
Recognized on hedged items	—				93			¹	—			—			93
Net expense recognized on fair value hedges		$—				($4	)			$—			$—			($4	)

Loss on cash flow hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts:
Amount of pre-tax loss reclassified from AOCI into income		($17	)	²		$—				$—			$—			($17	)
Net expense recognized on cash flow hedges		($17	)			$—				$—			$—			($17	)

Three Months Ended June 30, 2017
Interest income/(expense), including the effects of fair value and cash flow hedges		$1,338				($70	)			($95	)		$46			$1,219

Gain/(loss) on fair value hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts:
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives		$—				$4				$—			$—			$4
Recognized on derivatives	—				—				—			19			19
Recognized on hedged items	—				—				—			(19		)	(19		)
Net income recognized on fair value hedges		$—				$4				$—			$—			$4

Gain on cash flow hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts:
Amount of pre-tax gain reclassified from AOCI into income		$27		²		$—				$—			$—			$27
Net income recognized on cash flow hedges		$27				$—				$—			$—			$27

Six Months Ended June 30, 2017
Interest income/(expense), including the effects of fair value and cash flow hedges		$2,628				($139	)			($175	)		$97			$2,411

Gain/(loss) on fair value hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts:
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives		$—				$9				$—			$—			$9
Recognized on derivatives	—				—				—			8			8
Recognized on hedged items	—				—				—			(7		)	(7		)
Net income recognized on fair value hedges		$—				$9				$—			$1			$10

Gain on cash flow hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts:
Amount of pre-tax gain reclassified from AOCI into income		$68		²		$—				$—			$—			$68
Net income recognized on cash flow hedges		$68				$—				$—			$—			$68

¹ Includes amortization from de-designated fair value hedging relationships.

² These amounts include pre-tax gains/(losses) related to cash flow hedging relationships that have been terminated and were reclassified into earnings consistent with the pattern of net cash flows expected to be recognized.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Pursuant to the adoption of ASU 2017-12, the following table presents the carrying amount of hedged liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in fair value hedging relationships and the associated cumulative basis adjustment related to the application of hedge accounting:



			Cumulative Amount of Fair Value Hedging Adjustment Included in the Carrying Amount of Hedged Liabilities
(Dollars in millions)	Carrying Amount of Hedged Liabilities		Hedged Items Currently Designated			Hedged Items No Longer Designated
June 30, 2018
Long-term debt		$6,233		($172	)		($40	)
Interest-bearing deposits:
Brokered time deposits	29		—			—

Economic Hedging Instruments and Trading Activities

In addition to designated hedge accounting relationships, the Company also enters into derivatives as an end user to economically hedge risks associated with certain non-derivative and derivative instruments, along with entering into derivatives in a trading capacity with its clients.

The primary risks that the Company economically hedges are interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, and credit risk. The Company mitigates these risks by entering into offsetting derivatives either on an individual basis or collectively on a macro basis.

The Company utilizes interest rate derivatives as economic hedges related to:


•	Residential MSRs. The Company hedges these instruments with a combination of interest rate derivatives, including forward and option contracts, futures, and forward rate agreements.


•	Residential mortgage IRLCs and LHFS. The Company hedges these instruments using forward and option contracts, futures, and forward rate agreements.

The Company is exposed to volatility and changes in foreign exchange rates associated with certain commercial loans. To hedge against this foreign exchange rate risk, the Company enters into foreign exchange rate contracts that provide for the future receipt and delivery of foreign currency at previously agreed-upon terms.

The Company enters into CDS to hedge credit risk associated with certain loans held within its Wholesale segment. The Company accounts for these contracts as derivatives, and accordingly, recognizes these contracts at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in Other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Trading activity primarily includes interest rate swaps, equity derivatives, CDS, futures, options, foreign exchange rate contracts, and commodity derivatives. These derivatives are entered into in a dealer capacity to facilitate client transactions, or are utilized as a risk management tool by the Company as an end user (predominantly in certain macro-hedging strategies).

The impacts of derivative instruments used for economic hedging or trading purposes on the Consolidated Statements of Income are presented in the following table:



	Classification of (Loss)/Gain Recognized in Income on Derivatives	Amount of (Loss)/Gain Recognized in Income on Derivatives During the Three Months Ended June 30						Amount of (Loss)/Gain Recognized in Income on Derivatives During the Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)		2018			2017			2018			2017
Derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate contracts hedging:
Residential MSRs	Mortgage servicing related income		($37	)		$45			($157	)		$25
LHFS, IRLCs	Mortgage production related income	1			(23		)	48			(38		)
LHFI	Other noninterest income	1			(1		)	3			(1		)
Trading activity	Trading income	21			12			30			23
Foreign exchange rate contracts hedging loans and trading activity	Trading income	42			(27		)	40			(33		)
Credit contracts hedging:
LHFI	Other noninterest income	(1		)	(2		)	(1		)	(2		)
Trading activity	Trading income	5			7			11			12
Equity contracts hedging trading activity	Trading income	1			(1		)	2			(1		)
Other contracts:
IRLCs and other	Mortgage production related income, Commercial real estate related income	26			59			20			104
Commodity derivatives	Trading income	—			—			—			1
Total			$59			$69			($4	)		$90

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Credit Derivative Instruments

As part of the Company's trading businesses, the Company enters into contracts that are, in form or substance, written guarantees; specifically, CDS, risk participations, and TRS. The Company accounts for these contracts as derivatives, and accordingly, records these contracts at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in Trading income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

At June 30, 2018, there were no purchased CDS contracts designated as trading instruments. At December 31, 2017, the gross notional amount of purchased CDS contracts designated as trading instruments was $5 million. The fair value of purchased CDS was immaterial at December 31, 2017.

The Company has also entered into TRS contracts on loans. The Company’s TRS business consists of matched trades, such that when the Company pays depreciation on one TRS, it receives the same amount on the matched TRS. To mitigate its credit risk, the Company typically receives initial cash collateral from the counterparty upon entering into the TRS and is entitled to additional collateral if the fair value of the underlying reference assets deteriorates. There were $1.6 billion and $1.7 billion of outstanding TRS notional balances at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The fair values of these TRS assets and liabilities at June 30, 2018 were $16 million and $13 million, respectively, and related cash collateral held at June 30, 2018 was $330 million. The fair values of the TRS assets and liabilities at December 31, 2017 were $15 million and $13 million, respectively, and related cash collateral held at December 31, 2017 was $368 million. For additional information on the Company's TRS contracts, see Note 10,

"Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," as well as Note 16, "Fair Value Election and Measurement."

The Company writes risk participations, which are credit derivatives, whereby the Company has guaranteed payment to a dealer counterparty in the event the counterparty experiences a loss on a derivative, such as an interest rate swap, due to a failure to pay by the counterparty’s customer (the “obligor”) on that derivative. The Company manages its payment risk on its risk participations by monitoring the creditworthiness of the obligors, which are all corporations or partnerships, through the normal credit review process that the Company would have performed had it entered into a derivative directly with the obligors. To date, no material losses have been incurred related to the Company’s written risk participations. At June 30, 2018, the remaining terms on these risk participations generally ranged from less than one year to 20 years, with a weighted average term on the maximum estimated exposure of 11.3 years. At December 31, 2017, the remaining terms on these risk participations generally ranged from less than one year to nine years, with a weighted average term on the maximum estimated exposure of 5.5 years. The Company’s maximum estimated exposure to written risk participations, as measured by projecting a maximum value of the guaranteed derivative instruments based on interest rate curve simulations and assuming 100% default by all obligors on the maximum values, was approximately $165 million and $55 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The fair values of the written risk participations were immaterial at both June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 16 - FAIR VALUE ELECTION AND MEASUREMENT

The Company measures certain assets and liabilities at fair value, which are classified as level 1, 2, or 3 within the fair value hierarchy, as shown below, on the basis of whether the measurement employs observable or unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions, taking into account information about market participant assumptions that is readily available.


•	Level 1: Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets


•	Level 2: Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets


•	Level 3: Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company’s recurring fair value measurements are based on either a requirement to measure such assets and liabilities at fair value or on the Company’s election to measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis include trading securities, securities AFS, and derivative financial instruments. Assets and liabilities that the Company has elected to measure at fair value on a recurring basis include its residential MSRs, trading loans, and certain LHFS, LHFI, brokered time deposits, and long-term debt issuances.

The Company elects to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value to better align its financial performance with the economic value of actively traded or hedged assets or liabilities. The use of fair value also enables the Company to mitigate non-economic earnings volatility caused from financial assets and liabilities being measured using different bases of accounting, as well as to more accurately portray the active and dynamic management of the Company’s balance sheet.

The Company uses various valuation techniques and assumptions in estimating fair value. The assumptions used to estimate the value of an instrument have varying degrees of impact to the overall fair value of an asset or liability. This process involves gathering multiple sources of information, including broker quotes, values provided by pricing services, trading activity in other identical or similar securities, market indices, and pricing matrices. When observable market prices for the asset or liability are not available, the Company employs various

modeling techniques, such as discounted cash flow analyses, to estimate fair value. Models used to produce material financial reporting information are validated prior to use and following any material change in methodology. Their performance is monitored at least quarterly, and any material deterioration in model performance is escalated. This review is performed by different internal groups depending on the type of fair value asset or liability.

The Company has formal processes and controls in place to support the appropriateness of its fair value estimates. For fair values obtained from a third party, or those that include certain trader estimates of fair value, there is an independent price validation function that provides oversight for these estimates. For level 2 instruments and certain level 3 instruments, the validation generally involves evaluating pricing received from two or more third party pricing sources that are widely used by market participants. The Company evaluates this pricing information from both a qualitative and quantitative perspective and determines whether any pricing differences exceed acceptable thresholds. If thresholds are exceeded, the Company assesses differences in valuation approaches used, which may include contacting a pricing service to gain further insight into the valuation of a particular security or class of securities to resolve the pricing variance, which could include an adjustment to the price used for financial reporting purposes.

The Company classifies instruments within level 2 in the fair value hierarchy when it determines that external pricing sources estimated fair value using prices for similar instruments trading in active markets. A wide range of quoted values from pricing sources may imply a reduced level of market activity and indicate that significant adjustments to price indications have been made. In such cases, the Company evaluates whether the asset or liability should be classified as level 3.

Determining whether to classify an instrument as level 3 involves judgment and is based on a variety of subjective factors, including whether a market is inactive. A market is considered inactive if significant decreases in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have been observed. In making this determination the Company evaluates the number of recent transactions in either the primary or secondary market, whether or not price quotations are current, the nature of market participants, the variability of price quotations, the breadth of bid/ask spreads, declines in, or the absence of, new issuances, and the availability of public information. When a market is determined to be inactive, significant adjustments may be made to price indications when estimating fair value. In making these adjustments the Company seeks to employ assumptions a market participant would use to value the asset or liability, including consideration of illiquidity in the referenced market.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

The following tables present certain information regarding assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the changes in fair value for those specific financial instruments for which fair value has been elected.



	June 30, 2018
	Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Netting Adjustments ¹			Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value
Assets
Trading assets and derivative instruments:
U.S. Treasury securities		$203		$—		$—		$—			$203
Federal agency securities	—		502		—		—			502
U.S. states and political subdivisions	—		27		—		—			27
MBS - agency	—		759		—		—			759
Corporate and other debt securities	—		872		—		—			872
CP	—		114		—		—			114
Equity securities	57		—		—		—			57
Derivative instruments	249		2,802		19		(2,503		)	567
Trading loans	—		1,949		—		—			1,949
Total trading assets and derivative instruments	509		7,025		19		(2,503		)	5,050

Securities AFS:
U.S. Treasury securities	4,126		—		—		—			4,126
Federal agency securities	—		243		—		—			243
U.S. states and political subdivisions	—		615		—		—			615
MBS - agency residential	—		22,459		—		—			22,459
MBS - agency commercial	—		2,568		—		—			2,568
MBS - non-agency commercial	—		916		—		—			916
Corporate and other debt securities	—		15		—		—			15
Total securities AFS ²	4,126		26,816		—		—			30,942

LHFS	—		2,005		—		—			2,005
LHFI	—		—		177		—			177
Residential MSRs	—		—		1,959		—			1,959
Other assets ²	126		—		—		—			126

Liabilities
Trading liabilities and derivative instruments:
U.S. Treasury securities	779		—		—		—			779
MBS - agency	—		1		—		—			1
Corporate and other debt securities	—		534		—		—			534
Equity securities	14		—		—		—			14
Derivative instruments	117		3,366		16		(2,869		)	630
Total trading liabilities and derivative instruments	910		3,901		16		(2,869		)	1,958

Brokered time deposits	—		350		—		—			350
Long-term debt	—		220		—		—			220

¹Amounts represent offsetting cash collateral received from, and paid to, the same derivative counterparties, and the impact of netting derivative assets and derivative liabilities when a legally enforceable master netting agreement or similar agreement exists. See Note 15, "Derivative Financial Instruments," for additional information.

²Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company reclassified equity securities previously presented in Securities available for sale to Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts for comparability. See Note 9, "Other Assets," for additional information.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



	December 31, 2017
	Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Netting Adjustments ¹			Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value
Assets
Trading assets and derivative instruments:
U.S. Treasury securities		$157		$—		$—		$—			$157
Federal agency securities	—		395		—		—			395
U.S. states and political subdivisions	—		61		—		—			61
MBS - agency	—		700		—		—			700
Corporate and other debt securities	—		655		—		—			655
CP	—		118		—		—			118
Equity securities	56		—		—		—			56
Derivative instruments	395		3,493		16		(3,102		)	802
Trading loans	—		2,149		—		—			2,149
Total trading assets and derivative instruments	608		7,571		16		(3,102		)	5,093

Securities AFS:
U.S. Treasury securities	4,331		—		—		—			4,331
Federal agency securities	—		259		—		—			259
U.S. states and political subdivisions	—		617		—		—			617
MBS - agency residential	—		22,704		—		—			22,704
MBS - agency commercial	—		2,086		—		—			2,086
MBS - non-agency residential	—		—		59		—			59
MBS - non-agency commercial	—		866		—		—			866
ABS	—		—		8		—			8
Corporate and other debt securities	—		12		5		—			17
Total securities AFS ²	4,331		26,544		72		—			30,947

LHFS	—		1,577		—		—			1,577
LHFI	—		—		196		—			196
Residential MSRs	—		—		1,710		—			1,710
Other assets ²	56		—		—		—			56

Liabilities
Trading liabilities and derivative instruments:
U.S. Treasury securities	577		—		—		—			577
Corporate and other debt securities	—		289		—		—			289
Equity securities	9		—		—		—			9
Derivative instruments	183		4,243		16		(4,034		)	408
Total trading liabilities and derivative instruments	769		4,532		16		(4,034		)	1,283

Brokered time deposits	—		236		—		—			236
Long-term debt	—		530		—		—			530

¹ Amounts represent offsetting cash collateral received from, and paid to, the same derivative counterparties, and the impact of netting derivative assets and derivative liabilities when a legally enforceable master netting agreement or similar agreement exists. See Note 15, "Derivative Financial Instruments," for additional information.

² Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company reclassified equity securities previously presented in Securities available for sale to Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts for comparability. See Note 9, "Other Assets," for additional information.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The following tables present the difference between fair value and the aggregate UPB for which the FVO has been elected for certain trading loans, LHFS, LHFI, brokered time deposits, and long-term debt instruments.



(Dollars in millions)	Fair Value at June 30, 2018		Aggregate UPB at June 30, 2018		Fair Value Over/(Under) Unpaid Principal
Assets:
Trading loans		$1,949		$1,931		$18
LHFS:
Accruing	2,005		1,945		60
LHFI:
Accruing	172		180		(8		)
Nonaccrual	5		8		(3		)
Liabilities:
Brokered time deposits	350		351		(1		)
Long-term debt	220		214		6

(Dollars in millions)	Fair Value at December 31, 2017		Aggregate UPB at December 31, 2017		Fair Value Over/(Under) Unpaid Principal
Assets:
Trading loans		$2,149		$2,111		$38
LHFS:
Accruing	1,576		1,533		43
Past due 90 days or more	1		1		—
LHFI:
Accruing	192		198		(6		)
Nonaccrual	4		6		(2		)
Liabilities:
Brokered time deposits	236		233		3
Long-term debt	530		517		13

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The following tables present the changes in fair value of financial instruments for which the FVO has been elected, as well as for residential MSRs. The tables do not reflect the change in fair value attributable to related economic hedges that the Company uses to mitigate market-related risks associated with the financial instruments. Generally, changes in the fair value of economic hedges are recognized in Trading income, Mortgage production

related income, Mortgage servicing related income, Commercial real estate related income, or Other noninterest income as appropriate, and are designed to partially offset the change in fair value of the financial instruments referenced in the tables below. The Company’s economic hedging activities are deployed at both the instrument and portfolio level.



	Fair Value Gain/(Loss) for the Three Months Ended June 30, 2018 for Items Measured at Fair Value Pursuant to Election of the FVO													Fair Value Gain/(Loss) for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 for Items Measured at Fair Value Pursuant to Election of the FVO
(Dollars in millions)	Trading Income		Mortgage Production Related Income ¹		Mortgage Servicing Related Income			Other Noninterest Income			Total Changes in Fair Values Included in Earnings ²			Trading Income		Mortgage Production Related Income ¹			Mortgage Servicing Related Income		Other Noninterest Income			Total Changes in Fair Values Included in Earnings ²
Assets:
Trading loans		$5		$—		$—			$—			$5			$7		$—			$—		$—			$7
LHFS	—		5		—			—			5			—		(8		)	—		—			(8		)
LHFI	—		—		—			(1		)	(1		)	—		—			—		(3		)	(3		)
Residential MSRs	—		1		(30		)	—			(29		)	—		4			26		—			30
Liabilities:
Brokered time deposits	3		—		—			—			3			10		—			—		—			10
Long-term debt	2		—		—			—			2			5		—			—		—			5

¹Income related to LHFS does not include income from IRLCs. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2018, income related to residential MSRs includes income recognized upon the sale of loans reported at LOCOM.

²Changes in fair value for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 exclude accrued interest for the period then ended. Interest income or interest expense on trading loans, LHFS, LHFI, brokered time deposits, and long-term debt that have been elected to be measured at fair value are recognized in Interest income or Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.



	Fair Value Gain/(Loss) for the Three Months Ended June 30, 2017 for Items Measured at Fair Value Pursuant to Election of the FVO												Fair Value Gain/(Loss) for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2017 for Items Measured at Fair Value Pursuant to Election of the FVO
(Dollars in millions)	Trading Income		Mortgage Production Related Income ¹		Mortgage Servicing Related Income			Other Noninterest Income		Total Changes in Fair Values Included in Earnings ²			Trading Income		Mortgage Production Related Income ¹		Mortgage Servicing Related Income			Other Noninterest Income		Total Changes in Fair Values Included in Earnings ²
Assets:
Trading loans		$6		$—		$—			$—		$6			$8		$—		$—			$—		$8
LHFS	—		11		—			—		11			—		23		—			—		23
LHFI	—		—		—			1		1			—		—		—			1		1
Residential MSRs	—		1		(101		)	—		(100		)	—		2		(125		)	—		(123		)
Liabilities:
Brokered time deposits	1		—		—			—		1			2		—		—			—		2
Long-term debt	5		—		—			—		5			11		—		—			—		11

¹Income related to LHFS does not include income from IRLCs. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2017, income related to residential MSRs includes income recognized upon the sale of loans reported at LOCOM.

²Changes in fair value for the three and six months ended June 30, 2017 exclude accrued interest for the period then ended. Interest income or interest expense on trading loans, LHFS, LHFI, brokered time deposits, and long-term debt that have been elected to be measured at fair value are recognized in Interest income or Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The following is a discussion of the valuation techniques and inputs used in estimating fair value for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and classified as level 1, 2, and/or 3.

Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments and Securities Available for Sale

Unless otherwise indicated, trading assets are priced by the trading desk and securities AFS are valued by an independent third party pricing service. The third party pricing service gathers relevant market data and observable inputs, such as new issue data, benchmark curves, reported trades, credit spreads, and dealer bids and offers, and integrates relevant credit information, market movements, and sector news into its matrix pricing and other market-based modeling techniques.

U.S. Treasury Securities

The Company estimates the fair value of its U.S. Treasury securities based on quoted prices observed in active markets; as such, these investments are classified as level 1.

Federal Agency Securities

The Company includes in this classification securities issued by federal agencies and GSEs. Agency securities consist of debt obligations issued by HUD, FHLB, and other agencies, as well as securities collateralized by loans that are guaranteed by the SBA, and thus, are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. For SBA instruments, the Company estimates fair value based on pricing from observable trading activity for similar securities or from a third party pricing service. Accordingly, these instruments are classified as level 2.

U.S. States and Political Subdivisions

The Company’s investments in U.S. states and political subdivisions (collectively “municipals”) include obligations of county and municipal authorities and agency bonds, which are general obligations of the municipality or are supported by a specified revenue source. Holdings are geographically dispersed, with no significant concentrations in any one state or municipality. Additionally, all AFS municipal obligations classified as level 2 are highly rated or are otherwise collateralized by securities backed by the full faith and credit of the federal government.

MBS – Agency

Agency MBS includes pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations issued by GSEs and U.S. government agencies, such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and Ginnie Mae. Each security contains a guarantee by the issuing GSE or agency. For agency MBS, the Company estimates fair value based on pricing from observable trading activity for similar securities or from a third party pricing service; accordingly, the Company classified these instruments as level 2.

MBS – Non-Agency

Non-agency residential MBS includes purchased interests in third party securitizations, as well as retained interests in Company-sponsored securitizations of 2006 and 2007 vintage residential mortgages (including both prime jumbo fixed rate collateral and floating rate collateral). At the time of purchase or origination, these securities had high investment grade ratings; however, they have experienced deterioration in credit quality leading to downgrades to non-investment grade levels. The

Company obtains pricing for these securities from an independent pricing service. The Company evaluates third party pricing to determine the reasonableness of the information relative to changes in market data, such as any recent trades, information received from market participants and analysts, and/or changes in the underlying collateral performance. At December 31, 2017, the Company classified non-agency residential MBS as level 3.

Non-agency commercial MBS consists of purchased interests in third party securitizations. These interests have high investment grade ratings, and the Company obtains pricing for these securities from an independent pricing service. The Company has classified these non-agency commercial MBS as level 2, as the third party pricing service relies on observable data for similar securities in active markets.

Asset-Backed Securities

ABS classified as securities AFS includes purchased interests in third party securitizations collateralized by home equity loans. At December 31, 2017, the Company classified ABS as level 3.

Corporate and Other Debt Securities

Corporate debt securities are comprised predominantly of senior and subordinate debt obligations of domestic corporations and are classified as level 2. Other debt securities classified as AFS include bonds that are redeemable with the issuer at par. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company classified other debt securities as level 2 and level 3, respectively.

Commercial Paper

The Company acquires CP that is generally short-term in nature (maturity of less than 30 days) and highly rated. The Company estimates the fair value of this CP based on observable pricing from executed trades of similar instruments; as such, CP is classified as level 2.

Equity Securities

The Company estimates the fair value of its equity securities classified as trading assets based on quoted prices observed in active markets; accordingly, these investments are classified as level 1.

Derivative Instruments

The Company holds derivative instruments for both trading and risk management purposes. Level 1 derivative instruments generally include exchange-traded futures or option contracts for which pricing is readily available. The Company’s level 2 instruments are predominantly OTC swaps, options, and forwards, measured using observable market assumptions for interest rates, foreign exchange, equity, and credit. Because fair values for OTC contracts are not readily available, the Company estimates fair values using internal, but standard, valuation models. The selection of valuation models is driven by the type of contract: for option-based products, the Company uses an appropriate option pricing model such as Black-Scholes. For forward-based products, the Company’s valuation methodology is generally a discounted cash flow approach.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The Company's derivative instruments classified as level 2 are primarily transacted in the institutional dealer market and priced with observable market assumptions at a mid-market valuation point, with appropriate valuation adjustments for liquidity and credit risk. See Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” for additional information on the Company's derivative instruments.

The Company's derivative instruments classified as level 3 include IRLCs that satisfy the criteria to be treated as derivative financial instruments. The fair value of IRLCs on LHFS, while based on interest rates observable in the market, is highly dependent on the ultimate closing of the loans. These “pull-through” rates are based on the Company’s historical data and reflect the Company’s best estimate of the likelihood that a commitment will result in a closed loan. As pull-through rates increase, the fair value of IRLCs also increases. Servicing value is included in the fair value of IRLCs, and the fair value of servicing is determined by projecting cash flows, which are then discounted to estimate an expected fair value. The fair value of servicing is impacted by a variety of factors, including prepayment assumptions, discount rates, delinquency rates, contractually specified servicing fees, servicing costs, and underlying portfolio characteristics. Because these inputs are not transparent in market trades, IRLCs are considered to be level 3 assets. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2018, the Company transferred $23 million and $17 million, respectively, of net IRLC assets out of level 3 as the associated loans were closed. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2017, the Company transferred $70 million and $106 million, respectively, of net IRLC assets out of level 3, as the associated loans were closed.

Trading Loans

The Company engages in certain businesses whereby electing to measure loans at fair value for financial reporting aligns with the underlying business purpose. Specifically, loans included within this classification include trading loans that are (i) made or acquired in connection with the Company’s TRS business, (ii) part of the loan sales and trading business within the Company’s Wholesale segment, or (iii) backed by the SBA. See Note 10, "Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," and Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” for further discussion of this business. All of these loans are classified as level 2 due to the nature of market data that the Company uses to estimate fair value.

The loans made in connection with the Company’s TRS business are short-term, senior demand loans supported by a pledge agreement granting first priority security interest to the Bank in all the assets held by the borrower, a VIE with assets comprised primarily of corporate loans. While these TRS-related loans do not trade in the market, the Company believes that the par amount of the loans approximates fair value and no unobservable assumptions are used by the Company to value these loans. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had $1.6 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively, of these short-term loans outstanding, measured at fair value.

The loans from the Company’s sales and trading business are commercial and corporate leveraged loans that are either traded in the market or for which similar loans trade. The Company elected to measure these loans at fair value since they

are actively traded. For each of the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of gains/(losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income due to changes in fair value attributable to instrument-specific credit risk. The Company is able to obtain fair value estimates for substantially all of these loans through a third party valuation service that is broadly used by market participants. While most of the loans are traded in the market, the Company does not believe that trading activity qualifies the loans as level 1 instruments, as the volume and level of trading activity is subject to variability and the loans are not exchange-traded. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, $86 million and $48 million, respectively, of loans related to the Company’s trading business were held in inventory.

SBA loans are similar to SBA securities discussed herein under “Federal agency securities,” except for their legal form. In both cases, the Company trades instruments that are fully guaranteed by the U.S. government as to contractual principal and interest and there is sufficient observable trading activity upon which to base the estimate of fair value. As these SBA loans are fully guaranteed, the changes in fair value are attributable to factors other than instrument-specific credit risk. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company held $285 million and $368 million of SBA loans in inventory, respectively.

Loans Held for Sale and Loans Held for Investment

Residential Mortgage LHFS

The Company values certain newly-originated residential mortgage LHFS at fair value based upon defined product criteria. The Company chooses to fair value these residential mortgage LHFS to eliminate the complexities and inherent difficulties of achieving hedge accounting and to better align reported results with the underlying economic changes in value of the loans and related hedge instruments. Any origination fees are recognized within Mortgage production related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income when earned at the time of closing. The servicing value is included in the fair value of the loan and is initially recognized at the time the Company enters into IRLCs with borrowers. The Company employs derivative instruments to economically hedge changes in interest rates and the related impact on servicing value in the fair value of the loan. The mark-to-market adjustments related to LHFS and the associated economic hedges are captured in Mortgage production related income.

LHFS classified as level 2 are primarily agency loans which trade in active secondary markets and are priced using current market pricing for similar securities, adjusted for servicing, interest rate risk, and credit risk. Non-agency residential mortgage LHFS are also included in level 2.

For residential mortgages that the Company has elected to measure at fair value, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of gains/(losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income due to changes in fair value attributable to borrower-specific credit risk for each of the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017. In addition to borrower-specific credit risk, there are other more significant variables that drive changes in the fair values of the loans, including interest rates and general market conditions.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Commercial Mortgage LHFS

The Company values certain commercial mortgage LHFS at fair value based upon observable current market prices for similar loans. These loans are generally transferred to agencies within 90 days of origination. The Company had commitments from agencies to purchase these loans at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017; therefore, they are classified as level 2. Origination fees are recognized within Commercial real estate related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income when earned at the time of closing. To mitigate the effect of interest rate risk inherent in entering into IRLCs with borrowers, the Company enters into forward contracts with investors at the same time that it enters into IRLCs with borrowers. The mark-to-market adjustments related to commercial mortgage LHFS, IRLCs, and forward contracts are recognized in Commercial real estate related income. For commercial mortgages that the Company has elected to measure at fair value, the Company recognized no gains/(losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income due to changes in fair value attributable to borrower-specific credit risk for both of the three and six months ended June 30, 2018, and recognized an immaterial amount of gains/(losses) for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2017.

LHFI

LHFI classified as level 3 includes predominantly mortgage loans that are not marketable, largely due to the identification of loan defects. The Company chooses to measure these mortgage LHFI at fair value to better align reported results with the underlying economic changes in value of the loans and any related hedging instruments. The Company values these loans using a discounted cash flow approach based on assumptions that are generally not observable in current markets, such as prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity rates, and discount rates. Level 3 LHFI also includes mortgage loans that are valued using collateral based pricing. Changes in the applicable housing price index since the time of the loan origination are considered and applied to the loan's collateral value. An additional discount representing the return that a buyer would require is also considered in the overall fair value.

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Company records residential MSR assets at fair value using a discounted cash flow approach. The fair values of residential MSRs are impacted by a variety of factors, including prepayment assumptions, discount rates, delinquency rates, contractually specified servicing fees, servicing costs, and underlying portfolio characteristics. The underlying assumptions and estimated values are corroborated by values received from independent third parties based on their review of the servicing portfolio, and comparisons to market transactions. Because these inputs are not transparent in market trades, residential MSRs are classified as level 3 assets. For additional information see Note 8, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets."

Other Assets

The Company estimates the fair value of its mutual fund investments and other equity securities with readily determinable fair values based on quoted prices observed in active markets; therefore, these investments are classified as level 1. During the second quarter of 2018, the Company

reclassified $22 million of nonmarketable equity securities to marketable equity securities due to newly available, readily determinable fair value information observed in active markets.

Liabilities

Trading Liabilities and Derivative Instruments

Trading liabilities are comprised primarily of derivative contracts, including IRLCs that satisfy the criteria to be treated as derivative financial instruments, as well as various contracts (primarily U.S. Treasury securities, corporate and other debt securities) that the Company uses in certain of its trading businesses. The Company's valuation methodologies for these derivative contracts and securities are consistent with those discussed within the corresponding sections herein under “Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments and Securities Available for Sale.”

During the second quarter of 2009, in connection with its sale of Visa Class B shares, the Company entered into a derivative contract whereby the ultimate cash payments received or paid, if any, under the contract are based on the ultimate resolution of the Litigation involving Visa. The fair value of the derivative is estimated based on the Company’s expectations regarding the ultimate resolution of that Litigation. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the derivative involve a high degree of judgment and subjectivity; accordingly, the derivative liability is classified as level 3. See Note 14, "Guarantees," for a discussion of the valuation assumptions.

Brokered Time Deposits

The Company has elected to measure certain CDs that contain embedded derivatives at fair value. This fair value election better aligns the economics of the CDs with the Company’s risk management strategies. The Company evaluated, on an instrument by instrument basis, whether a new issuance would be measured at fair value.

The Company has classified CDs measured at fair value as level 2 instruments due to the Company's ability to reasonably measure all significant inputs based on observable market variables. The Company employs a discounted cash flow approach based on observable market interest rates for the term of the CD and an estimate of the Bank's credit risk. For any embedded derivative features, the Company uses the same valuation methodologies as if the derivative were a standalone derivative, as discussed in the "Derivative Instruments" section above.

Long-Term Debt

The Company has elected to measure at fair value certain fixed rate issuances of public debt that are valued by obtaining price indications from a third party pricing service and utilizing broker quotes to corroborate the reasonableness of those marks. Additionally, information from market data of recent observable trades and indications from buy side investors, if available, are taken into consideration as additional support for the value. Due to the availability of this information, the Company classifies these debt issuances as level 2. The Company utilizes derivative instruments to convert interest rates on its fixed rate debt to floating rates. The Company elected to measure certain fixed rate debt issuances at fair value to align the accounting for the

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

debt with the accounting for offsetting derivative positions, without having to apply complex hedge accounting.

The Company has elected to measure certain debt issuances that contain embedded derivatives at fair value. This fair value election better aligns the economics of the debt with the Company’s risk management strategies. The Company evaluated, on an instrument by instrument basis, whether a new issuance would be measured at fair value. The Company has classified these instruments measured at fair value as level 2

instruments due to the Company's ability to reasonably measure all significant inputs based on observable market variables. The Company employs a discounted cash flow approach based on observable market interest rates for the term of the debt and an estimate of the Parent Company's credit risk. For any embedded derivative features, the Company uses the same valuation methodologies that would be used if the derivative were a standalone derivative, as discussed in the "Derivative Instruments" section above.

The valuation technique and range, including weighted average, of the unobservable inputs associated with the Company's level 3 assets and liabilities are as follows:



	Level 3 Significant Unobservable Input Assumptions
(Dollars in millions)	Fair value June 30, 2018		Valuation Technique	Unobservable Input	Range (weighted average)
Assets
Trading assets and derivative instruments:
Derivative instruments, net ¹		$3	Internal model	Pull through rate	41-100% (80%)
Derivative instruments, net ¹		$3	Internal model	MSR value	33-190 bps (105 bps)
LHFI	172		Monte Carlo/Discounted cash flow	Option adjusted spread	62-784 bps (176 bps)
				Conditional prepayment rate	7-28 CPR (13 CPR)
				Conditional default rate	0-2 CDR (0.7 CDR)
	5		Collateral based pricing	Appraised value	NM ²
Residential MSRs	1,959		Monte Carlo/Discounted cash flow	Conditional prepayment rate	6-30 CPR (13 CPR)
Residential MSRs	1,959		Monte Carlo/Discounted cash flow	Option adjusted spread	0-117% (3%)

¹Amount represents the net of IRLC assets and liabilities and includes the derivative liability associated with the Company's sale of Visa shares. Refer to the "Trading Liabilities and Derivative Instruments" section herein for a discussion of valuation assumptions related to the Visa derivative liability.

²Not meaningful.



	Level 3 Significant Unobservable Input Assumptions
(Dollars in millions)	Fair value December 31, 2017		Valuation Technique	Unobservable Input ¹	Range (weighted average)
Assets
Trading assets and derivative instruments:
Derivative instruments, net ²		$—	Internal model	Pull through rate	41-100% (81%)
Derivative instruments, net ²		$—	Internal model	MSR value	41-190 bps (113 bps)
Securities AFS:
MBS - non-agency residential	59		Third party pricing	N/A
ABS	8		Third party pricing	N/A
Corporate and other debt securities	5		Cost	N/A
LHFI	192		Monte Carlo/Discounted cash flow	Option adjusted spread	62-784 bps (215 bps)
				Conditional prepayment rate	2-34 CPR (11 CPR)
				Conditional default rate	0-5 CDR (0.7 CDR)
	4		Collateral based pricing	Appraised value	NM ³
Residential MSRs	1,710		Monte Carlo/Discounted cash flow	Conditional prepayment rate	6-30 CPR (13 CPR)
Residential MSRs	1,710		Monte Carlo/Discounted cash flow	Option adjusted spread	1-125% (4%)

¹For certain assets and liabilities where the Company utilizes third party pricing, the unobservable inputs and their ranges are not reasonably available, and therefore, have been noted as not applicable ("N/A").

²Amount represents the net of IRLC assets and liabilities and includes the derivative liability associated with the Company's sale of Visa shares. Refer to the "Trading Liabilities and Derivative Instruments" section herein for a discussion of valuation assumptions related to the Visa derivative liability.

³Not meaningful.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The following tables present a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (other than servicing rights which are disclosed in Note 8, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”). Transfers into and out of the fair value hierarchy levels are assumed to occur at the end

of the period in which the transfer occurred. None of the transfers into or out of level 3 have been the result of using alternative valuation approaches to estimate fair values. There were no transfers between level 1 and 2 during the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017.



	Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Dollars in millions)	Beginning Balance April 1, 2018		Included in Earnings				OCI		Purchases		Sales		Settlements			Transfers to/from Other Balance Sheet Line Items			Transfers into Level 3		Transfers out of Level 3		Fair Value June 30, 2018		Included in Earnings (held at June 30, 2018 ¹)
Assets
Trading assets:
Derivative instruments, net		$1		$24		²		$—		$—		$—		$1			($23	)		$—		$—		$3		$17		²

LHFI	188		(1		)	³	—		—		—		(10		)	—			—		—		177		(1		)	³



	Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Dollars in millions)	Beginning Balance January 1, 2018		Included in Earnings				OCI		Purchases		Sales		Settlements			Transfers to/from Other Balance Sheet Line Items			Transfers into Level 3		Transfers out of Level 3			Fair Value June 30, 2018		Included in Earnings (held at June 30, 2018 ¹)
Assets
Trading assets:
Derivative instruments, net		$—		$18		²		$—		$—		$—		$2			($17	)		$—		$—			$3		$16		²
Securities AFS:
MBS - non-agency residential	59		—				—		—		—		(2		)	—			—		(57		)	—		—
ABS	8		—				—		—		—		(1		)	—			—		(7		)	—		—
Corporate and other debt securities	5		—				—		—		—		—			—			—		(5		)	—		—
Total securities AFS	72		—				—		—		—		(3		)	—			—		(69		)	—		—

LHFI	196		(3		)	³	—		—		—		(17		)	—			1		—			177		(4		)	³

¹ Change in unrealized gains/(losses) included in earnings during the period related to financial assets still held at June 30, 2018.

² Includes issuances, fair value changes, and expirations. Amount related to residential IRLCs is recognized in Mortgage production related income, amount related to commercial IRLCs is recognized in Commercial real estate related income, and amount related to Visa derivative liability is recognized in Other noninterest expense.

³ Amounts are generally included in Mortgage production related income; however, the mark on certain fair value loans is included in Other noninterest income.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



	Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Dollars in millions)	Beginning Balance April 1, 2017		Included in Earnings			OCI			Purchases		Sales			Settlements			Transfers to/from Other Balance Sheet Line Items			Transfers into Level 3		Transfers out of Level 3			Fair Value June 30, 2017		Included in Earnings (held at June 30, 2017 ¹)
Assets
Trading assets:
Derivative instruments, net		$17		$57	²		$—			$—		$—			$—			($70	)		$—		$—			$4		$18	²
Securities AFS:
U.S. states and political subdivisions	4		—			—			—		—			(4		)	—			—		—			—		—
MBS - non-agency residential	71		—			1		³	—		—			(5		)	—			—		—			67		—
ABS	9		—			—			—		—			—			—			—		—			9		—
Corporate and other debt securities	5		—			—			—		—			—			—			—		—			5		—
Total securities AFS	89		—			1		³	—		—			(9		)	—			—		—			81		—

Residential LHFS	6		—			—			—		(6		)	—			—			4		(2		)	2		—
LHFI	221		1		⁴	—			—		—			(9		)	1			—		—			214		1		⁴



	Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Dollars in millions)	Beginning Balance January 1, 2017		Included in Earnings			OCI		Purchases		Sales			Settlements			Transfers to/from Other Balance Sheet Line Items			Transfers into Level 3		Transfers out of Level 3			Fair Value June 30, 2017		Included in Earnings (held at June 30, 2017 ¹)
Assets
Trading assets:
Derivative instruments, net		$6		$105	²		$—		$—		$—			($1	)		($106	)		$—		$—			$4		$16	²
Securities AFS:
U.S. states and political subdivisions	4		—			—		—		—			(4		)	—			—		—			—		—
MBS - non-agency residential	74		—			—		—		—			(7		)	—			—		—			67		—
ABS	10		—			—		—		—			(1		)	—			—		—			9		—
Corporate and other debt securities	5		—			—		—		—			—			—			—		—			5		—
Total securities AFS	93		—			—		—		—			(12		)	—			—		—			81		—

Residential LHFS	12		—			—		—		(20		)	—			(2		)	14		(2		)	2		—
LHFI	222		1		⁴	—		—		—			(15		)	2			4		—			214		1		⁴

¹ Change in unrealized gains included in earnings during the period related to financial assets still held at June 30, 2017.

³ Amounts recognized in OCI are included in change in net unrealized gains on securities AFS, net of tax.

⁴ Amounts are generally included in Mortgage production related income; however, the mark on certain fair value loans is included in Other noninterest income.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Non-recurring Fair Value Measurements

The following tables present gains and losses recognized on assets still held at period end, and measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017. Adjustments to fair value generally result from the application of LOCOM, or the

measurement alternative, or through write-downs of individual assets. The tables do not reflect changes in fair value attributable to economic hedges the Company may have used to mitigate interest rate risk associated with LHFS.



			Fair Value Measurements						Losses for the Three Months Ended June 30, 2018			(Losses)/Gains for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2018
(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Losses for the Three Months Ended June 30, 2018			(Losses)/Gains for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2018
LHFS		$85		$—		$85		$—		$—			$—
LHFI	49		—		—		49		—			—
OREO	20		—		1		19		(2		)	(3		)
Other assets	46		—		31		15		(1		)	14

			Fair Value Measurements						Losses for the Year Ended December 31, 2017
(Dollars in millions)	December 31, 2017		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Losses for the Year Ended December 31, 2017
LHFS		$13		$—		$13		$—		$—
LHFI	49		—		—		49		—
OREO	24		—		1		23		(4		)
Other assets	53		—		4		49		(43		)

Discussed below are the valuation techniques and inputs used in estimating fair values for assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and classified as level 2 and/or 3.

Loans Held for Sale

At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, LHFS classified as level 2 consisted of commercial loans that were valued using market prices and measured at LOCOM. There were no gains/(losses) recognized in earnings during the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 or during the year ended December 31, 2017 as the charge-offs related to these loans are a component of the ALLL.

Loans Held for Investment

At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, LHFI classified as level 3 consisted primarily of consumer loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy that had not been reaffirmed by the borrower, as well as nonperforming CRE loans for which specific reserves had been recognized. Cash proceeds from the sale of the underlying collateral is the expected source of repayment for a majority of these loans. Accordingly, the fair value of these loans is derived from the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, incorporating market data if available. Due to the lack of market data for similar assets, all of these loans are classified as level 3. There were no gains/(losses) recognized during the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 or during the year ended December 31, 2017, as the charge-offs related to these loans are a component of the ALLL.

OREO

OREO is measured at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell. Level 2 OREO consists primarily of residential homes, commercial properties, and vacant lots and land for which binding purchase agreements exist. Level 3 OREO consists primarily of residential homes, commercial properties, and vacant lots and land for which initial valuations are based on property-specific appraisals, broker pricing opinions, or other

limited, highly subjective market information. Updated value estimates are received regularly for level 3 OREO.

Other Assets

Other assets consists of equity investments, other repossessed assets, assets under operating leases where the Company is the lessor, branch properties, land held for sale, and software.

Pursuant to the adoption of ASU 2016-01 on January 1, 2018, the Company elected the measurement alternative for measuring certain equity securities without readily determinable fair values, which are adjusted based on any observable price changes in orderly transactions. These equity securities are classified as level 2 based on the valuation methodology and associated inputs. During the six months ended June 30, 2018, the Company recognized a remeasurement gain of $23 million on these equity securities. No remeasurement gains/(losses) were recognized during the three months ended June 30, 2018.

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-01, equity investments were evaluated for potential impairment based on the expected remaining cash flows to be received from these assets discounted at a market rate that is commensurate with the expected risk, considering relevant company-specific valuation multiples, where applicable. Based on the valuation methodology and associated unobservable inputs, these investments are classified as level 3. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of impairment charges on its equity investments.

Other repossessed assets comprises repossessed personal property that is measured at fair value less cost to sell. These assets are classified as level 3 as their fair value is determined based on a variety of subjective, unobservable factors. There were no losses recognized in earnings by the Company on other repossessed assets during the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 or during the year ended December 31, 2017, as the

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

impairment charges on repossessed personal property were a component of the ALLL.

The Company monitors the fair value of assets under operating leases where the Company is the lessor and recognizes impairment on the leased asset to the extent the carrying value is not recoverable and is greater than its fair value. Fair value is determined using collateral specific pricing digests, external appraisals, broker opinions, recent sales data from industry equipment dealers, and the discounted cash flows derived from the underlying lease agreement. As market data for similar assets and lease arrangements is available and used in the valuation, these assets are considered level 2. No impairment charges were recognized during the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 attributable to changes in the fair value of various personal property under operating leases. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of impairment charges attributable to changes in the fair value of various personal property under operating leases.

Branch properties are classified as level 3, as their fair value is based on property-specific appraisals and broker opinions. The

Company recognized an immaterial amount of impairment on branch properties during the three and six months ended June 30, 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized impairment charges of $10 million on branch properties.

Land held for sale is recorded at the lesser of carrying value or fair value less cost to sell, and is considered level 3 as its fair value is determined based on property-specific appraisals and broker opinions. The Company recognized no impairment charges on land held for sale during the three and six months ended June 30, 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of impairment charges on land held for sale.

Software consisted primarily of external software licenses and internally developed software that were impaired and for which fair value was determined using a level 3 measurement. This resulted in impairment charges of $8 million during the six months ended June 30, 2018, and $28 million during the year ended December 31, 2017. No impairment charges were recognized during the three months ended June 30, 2018.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:



		June 30, 2018				Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in millions)	Measurement Category	Carrying Amount		Fair Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	Amortized cost		$7,248		$7,248		$7,248		$—		$—
Trading assets and derivative instruments	Fair value	5,050		5,050		509		4,522		19
Securities AFS	Fair value	30,942		30,942		4,126		26,816		—
LHFS	Amortized cost	278		280		—		231		49
LHFS	Fair value	2,005		2,005		—		2,005		—
LHFI, net	Amortized cost	143,108		142,267		—		—		142,267
LHFI, net	Fair value	177		177		—		—		177
Other ¹	Amortized cost	493		493		—		—		493
Other ¹	Fair value	126		126		126		—		—
Financial liabilities:
Time deposits	Amortized cost	14,292		14,032		—		14,032		—
Short-term borrowings	Amortized cost	5,288		5,288		—		5,288		—
Long-term debt	Amortized cost	11,775		11,829		—		10,227		1,602
Long-term debt	Fair value	220		220		—		220		—
Trading liabilities and derivative instruments	Fair value	1,958		1,958		910		1,032		16

¹ Other financial assets recorded at amortized cost consist of FHLB of Atlanta stock and Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta stock. Other financial assets recorded at fair value consist of mutual fund investments and other equity securities with readily determinable fair values.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



		December 31, 2017				Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in millions)	Measurement Category	Carrying Amount		Fair Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	Amortized cost		$6,912		$6,912		$6,912		$—		$—
Trading assets and derivative instruments	Fair value	5,093		5,093		608		4,469		16
Securities AFS	Fair value	30,947		30,947		4,331		26,544		72
LHFS	Amortized cost	713		716		—		662		54
LHFS	Fair value	1,577		1,577		—		1,577		—
LHFI, net	Amortized cost	141,250		141,379		—		—		141,379
LHFI, net	Fair value	196		196		—		—		196
Other ¹	Amortized cost	418		418		—		—		418
Other ¹	Fair value	56		56		56		—		—
Financial liabilities:
Time deposits	Amortized cost	12,076		11,906		—		11,906		—
Short-term borrowings	Amortized cost	4,781		4,781		—		4,781		—
Long-term debt	Amortized cost	9,255		9,362		—		8,304		1,058
Long-term debt	Fair value	530		530		—		530		—
Trading liabilities and derivative instruments	Fair value	1,283		1,283		769		498		16

¹Other financial assets recorded at amortized cost consist of FHLB of Atlanta stock and Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta stock. Other financial assets recorded at fair value consist of mutual fund investments and other equity securities with readily determinable fair values.

Unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit are not included in the table above. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had $69.0 billion and $66.4 billion, respectively, of unfunded commercial loan commitments and letters of credit. A reasonable estimate of the fair value of these instruments is the carrying value of deferred fees plus the related unfunded commitments reserve, which was a combined $75

million and $84 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. No active trading market exists for these instruments, and the estimated fair value does not include value associated with the borrower relationship. The Company does not estimate the fair values of consumer unfunded lending commitments which can generally be canceled by providing notice to the borrower.

NOTE 17 – CONTINGENCIES

Litigation and Regulatory Matters

In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are parties to numerous civil claims and lawsuits and subject to regulatory examinations, investigations, and requests for information. Some of these matters involve claims for substantial amounts. The Company’s experience has shown that the damages alleged by plaintiffs or claimants are often overstated, based on unsubstantiated legal theories, unsupported by facts, and/or bear no relation to the ultimate award that a court might grant. Additionally, the outcome of litigation and regulatory matters and the timing of ultimate resolution are inherently difficult to predict. These factors make it difficult for the Company to provide a meaningful estimate of the range of reasonably possible outcomes of claims in the aggregate or by individual claim. However, on a case-by-case basis, reserves are established for those legal claims in which it is probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company's financial statements at June 30, 2018 reflect the Company's current best estimate of probable losses associated with these matters, including costs to comply with various settlement agreements, where applicable. The actual costs of resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts reserved.

For a limited number of legal matters in which the Company is involved, the Company is able to estimate a range of reasonably

possible losses in excess of related reserves, if any. Management currently estimates these losses to range from $0 to approximately $160 million. This estimated range of reasonably possible losses represents the estimated possible losses over the life of such legal matters, which may span a currently indeterminable number of years, and is based on information available at June 30, 2018. The matters underlying the estimated range will change from time to time, and actual results may vary significantly from this estimate. Those matters for which an estimate is not possible are not included within this estimated range; therefore, this estimated range does not represent the Company’s maximum loss exposure. Based on current knowledge, it is the opinion of management that liabilities arising from legal claims in excess of the amounts currently reserved, if any, will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. However, in light of the significant uncertainties involved in these matters and the large or indeterminate damages sought in some of these matters, an adverse outcome in one or more of these matters could be material to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows for any given reporting period.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

The following is a description of certain litigation and regulatory matters:

Card Association Antitrust Litigation

The Company is a defendant, along with Visa and MasterCard, as well as several other banks, in several antitrust lawsuits challenging their practices. For a discussion regarding the Company’s involvement in this litigation matter, see Note 14, “Guarantees.”

Bickerstaff v. SunTrust Bank

This case was filed in the Fulton County State Court on July 12, 2010, and an amended complaint was filed on August 9, 2010. Plaintiff asserts that all overdraft fees charged to his account which related to debit card and ATM transactions are actually interest charges and therefore subject to the usury laws of Georgia. Plaintiff has brought claims for violations of civil and criminal usury laws, conversion, and money had and received, and purports to bring the action on behalf of all Georgia citizens who incurred such overdraft fees within the four years before the complaint was filed where the overdraft fee resulted in an interest rate being charged in excess of the usury rate. On April 8, 2013, the plaintiff filed a motion for class certification and that motion was denied but the ruling was later reversed and remanded by the Georgia Supreme Court. On October 6, 2017, the trial court granted plaintiff's motion for class certification and the Bank filed an appeal of the decision on November 3, 2017.

ERISA Class Actions

Company Stock Class Action

Beginning in July 2008, the Company and certain officers, directors, and employees of the Company were named in a class action alleging that they breached their fiduciary duties under ERISA by offering the Company's common stock as an investment option in the SunTrust Banks, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”). The plaintiffs sought to represent all current and former Plan participants who held the Company stock in their Plan accounts from May 15, 2007 to March 30, 2011 and seek to recover alleged losses these participants supposedly incurred as a result of their investment in Company stock.

This case was originally filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida but was transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division (the “District Court”), in November 2008. Since the filing of the case, various amended pleadings, motions, and appeals were made by the parties that ultimately resulted in the District Court granting a motion for summary judgment for certain non-fiduciary defendants and granting certain of the plaintiffs' motion for class certification. The class is defined as "All persons, other than Defendants and members of their immediate families, who were participants in or beneficiaries of the SunTrust Banks, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Plan") at any time between May 15, 2007 and March 30, 2011, inclusive (the "Class Period") and whose accounts included investments in SunTrust common stock ("SunTrust Stock") during that time period and who sustained a loss to their account as a result of the investment in SunTrust Stock." The parties agreed to a settlement wherein the Company would pay approximately $5 million to a settlement fund in addition to other non-monetary reliefs. On March 12, 2018, the District Court preliminarily

approved the settlement. On June 28, 2018, the District Court issued an order and final judgment granting approval of the settlement and dismissing the action against the defendants with prejudice.

Mutual Funds Class Actions

On March 11, 2011, the Company and certain officers, directors, and employees of the Company were named in a putative class action alleging that they breached their fiduciary duties under ERISA by offering certain STI Classic Mutual Funds as investment options in the Plan. The plaintiffs purport to represent all current and former Plan participants who held the STI Classic Mutual Funds in their Plan accounts from April 2002 through December 2010 and seek to recover alleged losses these Plan participants supposedly incurred as a result of their investment in the STI Classic Mutual Funds. This action is pending in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division (the “District Court”). Subsequently, plaintiffs' counsel initiated a substantially similar lawsuit against the Company naming two new plaintiffs. On June 27, 2014, Brown, et al. v. SunTrust Banks, Inc., et al., another putative class action alleging breach of fiduciary duties associated with the inclusion of STI Classic Mutual Funds as investment options in the Plan, was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia but then was transferred to the District Court.

After various appeals, the cases were remanded to the District Court. On March 25, 2016, a consolidated amended complaint was filed, consolidating all of these pending actions into one case. The Company filed an answer to the consolidated amended complaint on June 6, 2016. Subsequent to the closing of fact discovery, plaintiffs filed their second amended consolidated complaint on December 19, 2017 which among other things named five new defendants. On January 2, 2018, defendants filed their answer to the second amended consolidated complaint. Defendants' motion for partial summary judgment was filed on January 12, 2018, and on January 16, 2018 the plaintiffs filed for motion for class certification. Defendants' motion for partial summary judgment was granted by the District Court on May 2, 2018, which held that all claims prior to March 11, 2005 have been dismissed as well as dismissing three individual defendants from action. On June 27, 2018, the District Court granted the plaintiffs' motion for class certification.

Intellectual Ventures II v. SunTrust Banks, Inc. and SunTrust Bank

This action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia on July 24, 2013. Plaintiff alleged that SunTrust violates five patents held by plaintiff in connection with SunTrust’s provision of online banking services and other systems and services. Plaintiff seeks damages for alleged patent infringement of an unspecified amount, as well as attorney’s fees and expenses. The matter was stayed on October 7, 2014 pending inter partes reviews of a number of the claims asserted against SunTrust. After completion of those reviews, plaintiff dismissed its claims regarding four of the five patents on August 1, 2017.

United States Mortgage Servicing Settlement

In the second quarter of 2014, STM and the U.S., through the DOJ, HUD, and Attorneys General for several states, reached a final settlement agreement related to the National Mortgage

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Servicing Settlement. The settlement agreement became effective on September 30, 2014 when the court entered the Consent Judgment. Pursuant to the settlements, STM made $50 million in cash payments, provided $500 million of consumer relief, and implemented certain mortgage servicing standards. In an August 10, 2017 report, the independent Office of Mortgage Settlement Oversight ("OMSO"), appointed to review and certify compliance with the provisions of the settlement, confirmed that STM fulfilled its consumer relief commitments of the settlement. STM's mortgage servicing standard obligations concluded on March 31, 2018. Testing of the final compliance period results by an internal review group, and semi-annually by the OMSO, is ongoing.

United States Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of New York Foreclosure Expense Investigation

In April 2013, STM began cooperating with the United States Attorney's Office for the Southern District of New York (the "Southern District") in a broad-based industry investigation regarding claims for foreclosure-related expenses charged by law firms in connection with the foreclosure of loans guaranteed or insured by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or FHA. The investigation relates to a private litigant qui tam lawsuit. On March 27, 2018, the United States Attorney's Office filed notice with the Southern District that it did not intend to intervene in the matter as to STM, and, on the same date, the qui tam matter was unsealed. On April 3, 2018, the private litigant filed an amended complaint alleging violations of the False Claims Act by various servicers, including STM. On June 25, 2018, the Southern District entered an order dismissing the amended complaint with prejudice as to STM.

LR Trust v. SunTrust Banks, Inc., et al.

In November 2016, the Company and certain officers and directors were named as defendants in a shareholder derivative

action alleging that defendants failed to take action related to activities at issue in the National Mortgage Servicing, HAMP, and FHA Originations settlements, and certain other legal matters or to ensure that the alleged activities in each were remedied and otherwise appropriately addressed. Plaintiff sought an award in favor of the Company for the amount of damages sustained by the Company, disgorgement of alleged benefits obtained by defendants, and enhancements to corporate governance and internal controls. On September 18, 2017, the court dismissed this matter and on October 16, 2017, plaintiff filed an appeal.

Millennium Lender Claim Trust v. STRH and SunTrust Bank, et al.

In August 2017, the Trustee of the Millennium Lender Claim Trust filed a suit in the New York State Court against STRH, SunTrust Bank, and other lenders of the $1.775 B Millennium Health LLC f/k/a Millennium Laboratories LLC (“Millennium”) syndicated loan. The Trustee alleges that the loan was actually a security and that defendants misrepresented or omitted to state material facts in the offering materials and communications provided concerning the legality of Millennium's sales, marketing, and billing practices and the known risks posed by a pending government investigation into the illegality of such practices. The Trustee brings claims for violation of the California Corporate Securities Law, the Massachusetts Uniform Securities Act, the Colorado Securities Act, and the Illinois Securities Law, as well as negligent misrepresentation and seeks rescission of sales of securities as well as unspecified rescissory damages, compensatory damages, punitive damages, interest, and attorneys' fees and costs. The defendants have removed the case to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York and the Trustee has moved to remand the case back to state court.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 18 - BUSINESS SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company operates and measures business activity across two segments: Consumer and Wholesale, with functional activities included in Corporate Other. The Company's business segment structure is based on the manner in which financial information is evaluated by management as well as the products and services provided or the type of client served. In the second quarter of 2018, certain business banking clients within Commercial Banking were transferred from the Wholesale segment to the Consumer segment to create greater consistency in delivering tailored solutions to business banking clients through the alignment of client coverage and client service in branches. Prior period business segment results were revised to conform with this updated business segment structure. Additionally, the transfer resulted in a reallocation of goodwill from Wholesale to Consumer, as disclosed in Note 8, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets."

The following is a description of the segments and their primary businesses at June 30, 2018.

The Consumer segment is made up of four primary businesses:

•

Consumer Banking provides services to individual consumers, small business, and business banking clients through an extensive network of traditional and in-store branches, ATMs, the internet (www.suntrust.com), mobile banking, and by telephone (1-800-SUNTRUST). Financial products and services offered to consumers and small business clients include deposits and payments, loans, and various fee-based services. Consumer Banking also serves as an entry point for clients and provides services for other businesses.

•

Consumer Lending offers an array of lending products to individual consumers and small business clients via the Company's Consumer Banking and PWM businesses, through the internet (www.suntrust.com and www.lightstream.com), as well as through various national offices and partnerships. Products offered include home equity lines, personal credit lines and loans, direct auto, indirect auto, student lending, credit cards, and other lending products.

•

PWM provides a full array of wealth management products and professional services to individual consumers and institutional clients, including loans, deposits, brokerage, professional investment advisory, and trust services to clients seeking active management of their financial resources. Institutional clients are served by the Institutional Investment Solutions business. Discount/online and full-service brokerage products are offered to individual clients through STIS. Investment advisory products and services are offered to clients by STAS, an SEC registered investment advisor. PWM also includes GFO, which provides family office solutions to clients and their families to help them manage and sustain wealth across multiple generations, including family meeting facilitation, consolidated reporting, expense management, specialty asset management, and business transition advice, as well as other wealth management disciplines.

•

Mortgage Banking offers residential mortgage products nationally through its retail and correspondent channels, the internet (www.suntrust.com), and by telephone (1-800-SUNTRUST). These products are either sold in the secondary market, primarily with servicing rights retained, or held in the Company’s loan portfolio. Mortgage Banking also services loans for other investors, in addition to loans held in the Company’s loan portfolio.

◦

The Company plans to merge its STM and Bank legal entities in the third quarter of 2018. The Company has received approval for the merger from the appropriate regulatory authorities. These entities are both part of the Company's Consumer segment, and the merged entity along with its financial results will remain within Consumer. Subsequent to the merger, mortgage operations will continue under the Bank’s name and charter. The Company does not expect any material financial impacts associated with the merger, other than a change in its valuation allowance as described in Note 12, “Income Taxes.”

The Wholesale segment is made up of three primary businesses and the Treasury & Payment Solutions product group:

•

CIB delivers comprehensive capital markets solutions, including advisory, capital raising, and financial risk management, with the goal of serving the needs of both public and private companies in the Wholesale segment and PWM business. Investment Banking and Corporate Banking teams within CIB serve clients across the nation, offering a full suite of traditional banking and investment banking products and services to companies with annual revenues typically greater than $150 million. Investment Banking serves select industry segments including consumer and retail, energy, technology, financial services, healthcare, industrials, and media and communications. Corporate Banking serves clients across diversified industry sectors based on size, complexity, and frequency of capital markets issuance. Also managed within CIB is the Equipment Finance Group, which provides lease financing solutions (through SunTrust Equipment Finance & Leasing).


•	Commercial Banking offers an array of traditional banking products, including lending, cash management and investment banking solutions via STRH to commercial clients (generally clients with revenues between $5 million and $250 million), not-for-profit organizations, and governmental entities, as well as auto dealer financing (floor plan inventory financing).

•

Commercial Real Estate provides a full range of financial solutions for commercial real estate developers, owners, and operators, including construction, mini-perm, and permanent real estate financing, as well as tailored financing and equity investment solutions via STRH. Commercial Real Estate also provides multi-family agency lending and servicing, as well as loan administration, advisory, and commercial mortgage brokerage services via its Agency Lending and Investor Services Group. The Institutional Property Group business targets relationships with REITs,

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

pension fund advisors, private funds, homebuilders, and insurance companies and the Regional business focuses on private real estate owners and developers through a regional delivery structure. Commercial Real Estate also offers tailored financing and equity investment solutions for community development and affordable housing projects through STCC, with particular expertise in Low Income Housing Tax Credits and New Market Tax Credits.

•

Treasury & Payment Solutions provides Wholesale clients with services required to manage their payments and receipts, combined with the ability to manage and optimize their deposits across all aspects of their business. Treasury & Payment Solutions operates all electronic and paper payment types, including card, wire transfer, ACH, check, and cash. It also provides clients the means to manage their accounts electronically online, both domestically and internationally.

Corporate Other includes management of the Company’s investment securities portfolio, long-term debt, end user derivative instruments, short-term liquidity and funding activities, balance sheet risk management, and most real estate assets. Corporate Other also includes the Company's functional activities such as marketing, SunTrust online, human resources, finance, ER, legal and compliance, communications, procurement, enterprise information services, corporate real estate, and executive management. Additionally, the results of PAC were reported previously in the Wholesale segment and were reclassified to Corporate Other for enhanced comparability of the Wholesale segment results excluding PAC. See Note 2, "Acquisitions/Dispositions," in the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information related to the sale of PAC in December 2017.

Because business segment results are presented based on management accounting practices, the transition to the consolidated results prepared under U.S. GAAP creates certain differences, which are reflected in reconciling items. Business segment reporting conventions are described below.


•	Net interest income-FTE – is reconciled from Net interest income and is grossed-up on an FTE basis to make income from tax-exempt assets comparable to other taxable products. Segment results reflect matched maturity funds transfer pricing, which ascribes credits or charges based on

the economic value or cost created by assets and liabilities of each segment. Differences between these credits and charges are captured as reconciling items. The change in this variance is generally attributable to corporate balance sheet management strategies.


•	Provision for credit losses – represents net charge-offs by segment combined with an allocation to the segments for the provision attributable to each segment's quarterly change in the ALLL and unfunded commitments reserve balances.


•	Noninterest income – includes federal and state tax credits that are grossed-up on a pre-tax equivalent basis, related primarily to certain community development investments.


•	Provision for income taxes-FTE – is calculated using a blended income tax rate for each segment and includes reversals of the tax adjustments and credits described above. The difference between the calculated provision for income taxes at the segment level and the consolidated provision for income taxes is reported as reconciling items.

The segment’s financial performance is comprised of direct financial results and allocations for various corporate functions that provide management an enhanced view of the segment’s financial performance. Internal allocations include the following:


•	Operational costs – expenses are charged to segments based on an activity-based costing process, which also allocates residual expenses to the segments. Generally, recoveries of these costs are reported in Corporate Other.


•	Support and overhead costs – expenses not directly attributable to a specific segment are allocated based on various drivers (number of equivalent employees, number of PCs/laptops, net revenue, etc.). Recoveries for these allocations are reported in Corporate Other.

The application and development of management reporting methodologies is an active process and undergoes periodic enhancements. The implementation of these enhancements to the internal management reporting methodology may materially affect the results disclosed for each segment, with no impact on consolidated results. If significant changes to management reporting methodologies take place, the impact of these changes is quantified and prior period information is revised, when practicable.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



	Three Months Ended June 30, 2018
(Dollars in millions)	Consumer		Wholesale		Corporate Other			Reconciling Items			Consolidated
Balance Sheets:
Average LHFI		$75,450		$68,615		$94			($3	)		$144,156
Average consumer and commercial deposits	111,555		47,431		206			(235		)	158,957
Average total assets	85,309		82,133		35,400			1,706			204,548
Average total liabilities	112,438		53,481		14,738			(204		)	180,453
Average total equity	—		—		—			24,095			24,095
Statements of Income:
Net interest income		$1,058		$534		($42	)		($62	)		$1,488
FTE adjustment	—		22		1			(1		)	22
Net interest income-FTE ¹	1,058		556		(41		)	(63		)	1,510
Provision for credit losses ²	7		24		—			1			32
Net interest income after provision for credit losses-FTE	1,051		532		(41		)	(64		)	1,478
Total noninterest income	453		388		26			(38		)	829
Total noninterest expense	995		424		(25		)	(4		)	1,390
Income before provision for income taxes-FTE	509		496		10			(98		)	917
Provision for income taxes-FTE ³	115		118		13			(53		)	193
Net income including income attributable to noncontrolling interest	394		378		(3		)	(45		)	724
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	—		—		2			—			2
Net income		$394		$378		($5	)		($45	)		$722

¹Presented on a matched maturity funds transfer price basis for the segments.

²Provision for credit losses represents net charge-offs by segment combined with an allocation to the segments for the provision attributable to quarterly changes in the ALLL and unfunded commitment reserve balances.

³Includes regular provision for income taxes as well as FTE income and tax credit adjustment reversals.



	Three Months Ended June 30, 2017 ^{1, 2}
(Dollars in millions)	Consumer		Wholesale		Corporate Other			Reconciling Items			Consolidated
Balance Sheets:
Average LHFI		$73,680		$69,365		$1,400			($5	)		$144,440
Average consumer and commercial deposits	109,580		49,381		151			24			159,136
Average total assets	83,230		82,801		35,991			2,472			204,494
Average total liabilities	110,555		55,006		14,744			50			180,355
Average total equity	—		—		—			24,139			24,139
Statements of Income:
Net interest income		$975		$493		$9			($74	)		$1,403
FTE adjustment	—		35		1			—			36
Net interest income-FTE ³	975		528		10			(74		)	1,439
Provision for credit losses ⁴	84		6		1			(1		)	90
Net interest income after provision for credit losses-FTE	891		522		9			(73		)	1,349
Total noninterest income	473		378		17			(41		)	827
Total noninterest expense	983		421		(11		)	(5		)	1,388
Income before provision for income taxes-FTE	381		479		37			(109		)	788
Provision for income taxes-FTE ⁵	137		178		14			(71		)	258
Net income including income attributable to noncontrolling interest	244		301		23			(38		)	530
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	—		—		2			—			2
Net income		$244		$301		$21			($38	)		$528


¹	During the second quarter of 2018, certain of the Company's business banking clients were transferred from the Wholesale business segment to the Consumer business segment. For all periods prior to the second quarter of 2018, the corresponding financial results have been transferred to the Consumer business segment for comparability purposes.


²	During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company sold PAC, the results of which were previously reported within the Wholesale business segment. For all periods prior to January 1, 2018, PAC's financial results, including the gain on sale, have been transferred to Corporate Other for enhanced comparability of the Wholesale business segment excluding PAC.


³	Presented on a matched maturity funds transfer price basis for the segments.


⁴	Provision for credit losses represents net charge-offs by segment combined with an allocation to the segments for the provision attributable to quarterly changes in the ALLL and unfunded commitment reserve balances.


⁵	Includes regular provision for income taxes as well as FTE income and tax credit adjustment reversals.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



	Six Months Ended June 30, 2018
(Dollars in millions)	Consumer		Wholesale			Corporate Other			Reconciling Items			Consolidated
Balance Sheets:
Average LHFI		$75,564		$67,889			$92			($3	)		$143,542
Average consumer and commercial deposits	110,432		48,638			202			(209		)	159,063
Average total assets	85,210		81,514			35,538			2,079			204,341
Average total liabilities	111,309		54,568			14,306			(191		)	179,992
Average total equity	—		—			—			24,349			24,349
Statements of Income:
Net interest income		$2,073		$1,046			($70	)		($121	)		$2,928
FTE adjustment	—		42			1			—			43
Net interest income-FTE ¹	2,073		1,088			(69		)	(121		)	2,971
Provision/(benefit) for credit losses ²	65		(6		)	—			1			60
Net interest income after provision/(benefit) for credit losses-FTE	2,008		1,094			(69		)	(122		)	2,911
Total noninterest income	904		751			40			(69		)	1,626
Total noninterest expense	2,004		876			(62		)	(11		)	2,807
Income before provision for income taxes-FTE	908		969			33			(180		)	1,730
Provision for income taxes-FTE ³	202		229			24			(94		)	361
Net income including income attributable to noncontrolling interest	706		740			9			(86		)	1,369
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	—		—			5			(1		)	4
Net income		$706		$740			$4			($85	)		$1,365

¹Presented on a matched maturity funds transfer price basis for the segments.

²Provision/(benefit) for credit losses represents net charge-offs by segment combined with an allocation to the segments for the provision/(benefit) attributable to quarterly changes in the ALLL and unfunded commitment reserve balances.

³Includes regular provision for income taxes as well as FTE income and tax credit adjustment reversals.



	Six Months Ended June 30, 2017^{1, 2}
(Dollars in millions)	Consumer		Wholesale		Corporate Other			Reconciling Items			Consolidated
Balance Sheets:
Average LHFI		$73,247		$69,469		$1,344			($2	)		$144,058
Average consumer and commercial deposits	108,818		50,070		131			(13		)	159,006
Average total assets	82,991		82,883		35,709			2,791			204,374
Average total liabilities	109,792		55,700		14,962			14			180,468
Average total equity	—		—		—			23,906			23,906
Statements of Income:
Net interest income		$1,917		$971		$34			($153	)		$2,769
FTE adjustment	—		69		1			—			70
Net interest income-FTE ³	1,917		1,040		35			(153		)	2,839
Provision for credit losses ⁴	171		38		—			—			209
Net interest income after provision for credit losses-FTE	1,746		1,002		35			(153		)	2,630
Total noninterest income	945		771		41			(83		)	1,674
Total noninterest expense	2,010		867		(16		)	(8		)	2,853
Income before provision for income taxes-FTE	681		906		92			(228		)	1,451
Provision for income taxes-FTE ⁵	245		337		8			(139		)	451
Net income including income attributable to noncontrolling interest	436		569		84			(89		)	1,000
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	—		—		5			—			5
Net income		$436		$569		$79			($89	)		$995


¹	During the second quarter of 2018, certain of the Company's business banking clients were transferred from the Wholesale business segment to the Consumer business segment. For all periods prior to the second quarter of 2018, the corresponding financial results have been transferred to the Consumer business segment for comparability purposes.


²	During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company sold PAC, the results of which were previously reported within the Wholesale business segment. For all periods prior to January 1, 2018, PAC's financial results, including the gain on sale, have been transferred to Corporate Other for enhanced comparability of the Wholesale business segment excluding PAC.


³	Presented on a matched maturity funds transfer price basis for the segments.


⁴	Provision for credit losses represents net charge-offs by segment combined with an allocation to the segments for the provision attributable to quarterly changes in the ALLL and unfunded commitment reserve balances.


⁵	Includes regular provision for income taxes as well as FTE income and tax credit adjustment reversals.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

NOTE 19 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Changes in the components of AOCI, net of tax, are presented in the following table:



(Dollars in millions)	Securities AFS			Derivative Instruments			Brokered Time Deposits			Long-Term Debt			Employee Benefit Plans			Total
Three Months Ended June 30, 2018
Balance, beginning of period		($396	)		($424	)		$—			($3	)		($699	)		($1,522	)
Net unrealized (losses)/gains arising during the period	(123		)	(47		)	(1		)	1			(2		)	(172		)
Amounts reclassified to net income	—			12			—			—			3			15
Other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax	(123		)	(35		)	(1		)	1			1			(157		)
Balance, end of period		($519	)		($459	)		($1	)		($2	)		($698	)		($1,679	)

Three Months Ended June 30, 2017
Balance, beginning of period		($60	)		($199	)		($1	)		($8	)		($599	)		($867	)
Net unrealized gains arising during the period	56			48			—			1			—			105
Amounts reclassified to net income	(1		)	(17		)	—			—			3			(15		)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax	55			31			—			1			3			90
Balance, end of period		($5	)		($168	)		($1	)		($7	)		($596	)		($777	)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2018
Balance, beginning of period		($1	)		($244	)		($1	)		($4	)		($570	)		($820	)
Cumulative effect adjustment related to ASU adoption¹	30			(56		)	—			(1		)	(127		)	(154		)
Net unrealized (losses)/gains arising during the period	(547		)	(172		)	—			3			(7		)	(723		)
Amounts reclassified to net income	(1		)	13			—			—			6			18
Other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax	(548		)	(159		)	—			3			(1		)	(705		)
Balance, end of period		($519	)		($459	)		($1	)		($2	)		($698	)		($1,679	)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2017
Balance, beginning of period		($62	)		($157	)		($1	)		($7	)		($594	)		($821	)
Net unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period	58			32			—			—			(9		)	81
Amounts reclassified to net income	(1		)	(43		)	—			—			7			(37		)
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax	57			(11		)	—			—			(2		)	44
Balance, end of period		($5	)		($168	)		($1	)		($7	)		($596	)		($777	)

¹ Related to the Company's adoption of ASU 2018-02 on January 1, 2018. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," for additional information.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued

Reclassifications from AOCI to Net income, and the related tax effects, are presented in the following table:



(Dollars in millions)	Three Months Ended June 30						Six Months Ended June 30						Impacted Line Item in the Consolidated Statements of Income
Details About AOCI Components	2018			2017			2018			2017			Impacted Line Item in the Consolidated Statements of Income
Securities AFS:
Net realized gains on securities AFS		$—			($1	)		($1	)		($1	)	Net securities gains
Tax effect	—			—			—			—			Provision for income taxes
	—			(1		)	(1		)	(1		)
Derivative Instruments:
Net realized losses/(gains) on cash flow hedges	16			(27		)	17			(68		)	Interest and fees on loans held for investment
Tax effect	(4		)	10			(4		)	25			Provision for income taxes
	12			(17		)	13			(43		)

Employee Benefit Plans:
Amortization of prior service credit	(2		)	(1		)	(3		)	(3		)	Employee benefits
Amortization of actuarial loss	6			6			11			12			Employee benefits
	4			5			8			9
Tax effect	(1		)	(2		)	(2		)	(2		)	Provision for income taxes
	3			3			6			7

Total reclassifications from AOCI to net income		$15			($15	)		$18			($37	)



Item 2.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION

Important Cautionary Statement About Forward-Looking Statements

This Quarterly Report contains forward-looking statements. Statements regarding: (i) future levels of net interest margin, tangible efficiency ratio, the net charge-offs to total average LHFI ratio, the ALLL to period-end LHFI ratio, hurricane-related losses, lending activity, dividends, and share repurchases; (ii) the pace of expansion in our net interest margin; (iii) our effective tax rate for the full year 2018; (iv) the timing of our tangible efficiency ratio goals; (v) continued migration towards higher cost deposit products; (vi) possible increases in deposit costs; (vii) our access to alternative funding sources; (viii) potential preferred stock issuances; (ix) plans to merge our STM and Bank legal entities; (x) growth opportunities in our Wholesale segment; (xi) future changes in the size and composition of the securities AFS portfolio; (xii) our flexibility to use our securities AFS portfolio to manage our interest rate risk profile; (xiii) the estimated impact of proposed regulatory capital rules and changes in banking laws and regulations; (xiv) the impact of a gradual shift in interest rates on our MVE; and (xv) future credit ratings and outlook, are forward-looking statements. Also, any statement that does not describe historical or current facts is a forward-looking statement. These statements often include the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “target,” “forecast,” “future,” “strategy,” “goal,” “initiative,” “plan,” “opportunity,” “potentially,” “probably,” “project,” “outlook,” or similar expressions or future conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” and “could.” Such statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of management and on information currently available to management. They speak as of the date hereof, and we do not assume any obligation to update the statements made herein or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in such statements in light of new information or future events.

Forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Investors are cautioned against placing undue reliance on such statements. Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements can be found in Part I, Item 1A., “Risk Factors,” in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K and in Part II, Item 1A., “Risk Factors,” in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2018, and also include risks discussed in this Quarterly Report and in other periodic 2018 reports that we filed with the SEC. Such factors include: current and future legislation and regulation could require us to change our business practices, reduce revenue, impose additional costs, or otherwise adversely affect business operations or competitiveness; we are subject to stringent capital adequacy and liquidity requirements and our failure to meet these would adversely affect our financial condition; the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and its agencies could have a material adverse effect on our earnings; our financial results have been, and may continue to be, materially affected by general economic conditions, and a deterioration of economic conditions or of the financial markets may materially adversely

affect our lending and other businesses and our financial results and condition; changes in market interest rates or capital markets could adversely affect our revenue and expenses, the value of assets and obligations, and the availability and cost of capital and liquidity; interest rates on our outstanding financial instruments might be subject to change based on regulatory developments, which could adversely affect our revenue, expenses, and the value of those financial instruments; our earnings may be affected by volatility in mortgage production and servicing revenues, and by changes in carrying values of our servicing assets and mortgages held for sale due to changes in interest rates; disruptions in our ability to access global capital markets may adversely affect our capital resources and liquidity; we are subject to credit risk; we may have more credit risk and higher credit losses to the extent that our loans are concentrated by loan type, industry segment, borrower type, or location of the borrower or collateral; we rely on the mortgage secondary market and GSEs for some of our liquidity; loss of customer deposits could increase our funding costs; any reduction in our credit rating could increase the cost of our funding from the capital markets; we are subject to litigation, and our expenses related to this litigation may adversely affect our results; we may incur fines, penalties and other negative consequences from regulatory violations, possibly even inadvertent or unintentional violations; we are subject to certain risks related to originating and selling mortgages, and may be required to repurchase mortgage loans or indemnify mortgage loan purchasers as a result of breaches of representations and warranties, or borrower fraud, and this could harm our liquidity, results of operations, and financial condition; we face risks as a servicer of loans; consumers and small businesses may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions, which could affect net income; we have businesses other than banking which subject us to a variety of risks; negative public opinion could damage our reputation and adversely impact business and revenues; we may face more intense scrutiny of our sales, training, and incentive compensation practices; we rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure; competition in the financial services industry is intense and we could lose business or suffer margin declines as a result; we continually encounter technological change and must effectively develop and implement new technology; maintaining or increasing market share depends on market acceptance and regulatory approval of new products and services; we have in the past and may in the future pursue acquisitions, which could affect costs and from which we may not be able to realize anticipated benefits; we depend on the expertise of key personnel, and if these individuals leave or change their roles without effective replacements, operations may suffer; we may not be able to hire or retain additional qualified personnel and recruiting and compensation costs may increase as a result of turnover, both of which may increase costs and reduce profitability and may adversely impact our ability to implement our business strategies; our framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss to us; our controls and

procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud; we are at risk of increased losses from fraud; our operational and communications systems and infrastructure may fail or may be the subject of a breach or cyber-attack that, if successful, could adversely affect our business and disrupt business continuity; a disruption, breach, or failure in the operational systems and infrastructure of our third party vendors and other service providers, including as a result of cyber-attacks, could adversely affect our business; natural disasters and other catastrophic events could have a material adverse impact on our operations or our financial condition and results; the soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us; we depend on the

accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties; our accounting policies and processes are critical to how we report our financial condition and results of operation, and they require management to make estimates about matters that are uncertain; depressed market values for our stock and adverse economic conditions sustained over a period of time may require us to write down all or some portion of our goodwill; our stock price can be volatile; we might not pay dividends on our stock; our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries or other investments could affect our liquidity and ability to pay dividends; and certain banking laws and certain provisions of our articles of incorporation may have an anti-takeover effect.

INTRODUCTION

We are a leading provider of financial services, with our headquarters located in Atlanta, Georgia. Our principal subsidiary, SunTrust Bank, offers a full line of financial services for consumers, businesses, corporations, institutions, and not-for-profit entities, both through its branches (located primarily in Florida, Georgia, Virginia, North Carolina, Tennessee, Maryland, South Carolina, and the District of Columbia) and through other digital and national delivery channels. In addition to deposit, credit, and trust and investment services offered by the Bank, our other subsidiaries provide capital markets, mortgage banking, securities brokerage, investment banking, and wealth management services. We operate two business segments: Consumer and Wholesale, with functional activities included in Corporate Other. See Note 18, "Business Segment Reporting," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for a description of our business segments.

This MD&A is intended to assist readers in their analysis of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and supplemental financial information. It should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 1 of this Form 10-Q, as well as other information contained in this document and in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K. When

we refer to “SunTrust,” “the Company,” “we,” “our,” and “us” in this report, we mean SunTrust Banks, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

In this MD&A, consistent with SEC guidance in Industry Guide 3 that contemplates the calculation of tax exempt income on a tax equivalent basis, we present net interest income, net interest margin, total revenue, and efficiency ratios on an FTE basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of net interest income from certain loans and investments using a federal tax rate of 21% for all periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and 35% for all periods prior to January 1, 2018, as well as state income taxes, where applicable, to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. We believe this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and that it enhances comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources. Additionally, we present other non-U.S. GAAP metrics to assist investors in understanding management’s view of particular financial measures, as well as to align presentation of these financial measures with peers in the industry who may also provide a similar presentation. Reconcilements for all non-U.S. GAAP measures are provided in Table 19.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Financial Performance

Our strategic consistency and improved execution drove solid revenue growth, improved efficiency, and increased capital returns to our shareholders in the second quarter of 2018. Aided by a favorable operating environment, we delivered diluted EPS growth of 45% relative to the second quarter of 2017, resulting from increased net interest income, strong asset quality, and the reduction in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate. Total revenue for the second quarter of 2018 increased 4% sequentially and 3% year-over-year, largely as a result of higher net interest income and capital markets-related income.

Net interest income was $1.5 billion for the second quarter of 2018, an increase of 3% sequentially and 5% relative to the second quarter of 2017, driven by net interest margin expansion and growth in average earning assets. Noninterest income increased 4% sequentially and remained relatively stable compared to the second quarter of 2017. The sequential increase was due primarily to higher capital markets-related income, including strong investment banking performance, as well as higher client transaction-related fee income, offset partially by lower mortgage servicing related income, other noninterest income, and commercial real estate related income. Year-over-year, higher capital markets-related income and other noninterest income were offset, in large part, by lower client transaction-related fee income, mortgage-related income, and commercial real estate related income.

Our net interest margin increased four basis points sequentially and 14 basis points compared to the second quarter of 2017, driven primarily by higher average earning asset yields arising from higher benchmark interest rates, positive mix shift in the LHFI and securities AFS portfolios, and lower MBS premium amortization expense. Looking to the third quarter of 2018, we expect net interest margin to increase between zero and two basis points compared to the second quarter of 2018, largely as a result of the June 2018 Fed Funds rate increase. The pace of net interest margin expansion moving forward, when excluding the effect of mix shift, is likely to be lower than what we have experienced in the recent past due to rising interest rates and higher loan-to-deposit ratios, both of which will negatively impact funding costs. See additional discussion related to revenue, noninterest income, and net interest income and margin in the "Noninterest Income" and "Net Interest Income/Margin" sections of this MD&A. Also in this MD&A, see Table 11, "Net Interest Income Asset Sensitivity," for an analysis of potential changes in net interest income due to instantaneous moves in benchmark interest rates.

Noninterest expense decreased $27 million, or 2%, compared to the prior quarter and remained stable compared to the second quarter of 2017. The sequential decrease was driven largely by the seasonal decline in employee benefit costs, offset partially by higher outside processing and software expense as well as higher operating losses. Year-over-year, higher outside processing and software expense was offset largely by lower other noninterest expense and regulatory assessments. Though our expense base has and will vary from quarter to quarter, we remain focused on managing our expenses to generate efficiency and provide funding for investments in talent, technology, and improved product offerings. See additional discussion related to

noninterest expense in the "Noninterest Expense" section of this MD&A.

Our provision for income taxes for the current quarter decreased $51 million, or 23%, compared to the second quarter of 2017, in response to reduced corporate income tax rates arising from the 2017 Tax Act. We currently expect our full year 2018 effective tax rate to be approximately 19% and, on an FTE basis, between 20% and 21%.

For the second quarter of 2018, our efficiency and tangible efficiency ratios were 59.4% and 58.7%, respectively, both of which represent solid improvements compared to the prior quarter ratios of 62.8% and 62.1%, and compared to the second quarter of 2017 ratios of 61.2% and 60.6%, respectively. These improvements reflect our ongoing expense management initiatives and solid revenue growth. We expect to achieve our full-year tangible efficiency ratio goal of below 60% sooner than originally anticipated; however, our focus is not centered on the precise timing of when we reach this goal, but on continuing to create capacity to invest in technology and talent to enable us to meet more client needs, which we believe will create the most long-term value for our clients and shareholders. See Table 19, "Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures," in this MD&A for additional information regarding, and a reconciliation of, our tangible efficiency ratio.

Overall asset quality metrics were strong during the second quarter of 2018, evidenced by our 0.20% annualized net charge-offs to total average LHFI ratio and 0.52% NPL to period-end LHFI ratio. In addition, our ALLL to period-end LHFI ratio (excluding loans measured at fair value) decreased five basis points sequentially as a result of our improved outlook for 2017 hurricane-related losses. These low levels reflect the relative strength across our LHFI portfolio, particularly in C&I and CRE. Although our net charge-offs to total average LHFI ratio has come in below expectations for the last several quarters, we still expect to operate within a net charge-off ratio of between 25 and 35 basis points for the remainder of 2018. Additionally, we expect the ALLL to period-end LHFI ratio to decline modestly if current asset quality conditions are sustained. See additional discussion of our credit and asset quality, in the “Loans,” “Allowance for Credit Losses,” and “Nonperforming Assets” sections of this MD&A.

Average LHFI grew 1% sequentially and remained relatively stable compared to the second quarter of 2017. The sequential increase was driven largely by growth in C&I, CRE, and consumer direct loans. See additional loan discussions in the “Loans,” “Nonperforming Assets,” and "Net Interest Income/Margin" sections of this MD&A.

Average consumer and commercial deposits remained stable sequentially and year-over-year. Our clients continue to migrate from money market accounts to CDs, in part due to our targeted client offerings, and we expect this migration towards higher cost deposit products to continue as interest rates rise. Rates paid on our interest-bearing consumer and commercial deposits increased compared to the prior quarter and the second quarter of 2017 in response to rising benchmark interest rates as well as the move towards higher-cost deposits. We expect deposit costs to continue to trend upwards, with the trajectory influenced

by the absolute level of interest rates, the pace of interest rate increases, and loan growth. We remain focused on maximizing the value proposition of deposits for our clients, outside of rate paid. See additional discussion regarding average deposits in the "Net Interest Income/Margin" and "Deposits" sections of this MD&A.

Capital and Liquidity

Our capital ratios continue to be well above regulatory requirements. The CET1 ratio decreased slightly to 9.72% at June 30, 2018, a two basis point decline compared to December 31, 2017, driven primarily by growth in risk weighted assets, offset partially by an increase in retained earnings. Our Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios declined compared to December 31, 2017, due to the impact of our redemption of all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock in the first quarter of 2018. Additionally, our book value and tangible book value per common share both decreased compared to December 31, 2017, driven primarily by a higher accumulated other comprehensive loss, offset partially by growth in retained earnings. See additional details related to our capital in Note 13, "Capital," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Also see Table 19, "Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures," in this MD&A for additional information regarding, and a reconciliation of, tangible book value per common share.

During the second quarter of 2018, we repurchased $330 million of our outstanding common stock, which completed our authorized common equity repurchases as approved by the Board in conjunction with the 2017 capital plan. In June 2018, we announced capital plans in response to the Federal Reserve's review of and non-objection to our 2018 capital plan submitted in conjunction with the 2018 CCAR. Our 2018 capital plan includes increases in our share repurchase program and quarterly common stock dividend, while maintaining our level of preferred stock dividends. Specifically, the 2018 capital plan authorized the repurchase of up to $2.0 billion of our outstanding common stock to be completed between the third quarter of 2018 and the second quarter of 2019, as well as a 25% increase in our quarterly common stock dividend from $0.40 per share to $0.50 per share, beginning in the third quarter of 2018, subject to Board approval. Our capital plan contemplates a preferred stock issuance, the timing of which will depend upon asset growth and our views on the interest rate environment. See additional details related to our capital actions and share repurchases in the “Capital Resources” section of this MD&A and in Part II, Item 2 of this Form 10-Q.

Business Segments Highlights

Consumer

We continue to execute against our strategic priorities to improve balance sheet diversity and enhance returns. Our investments across consumer lending, together with our strategic partnerships, are driving solid growth and improved profitability. Some of this collective growth has been offset by declines in home equity loan balances and our intentional pullback from certain lower return portfolios.

Net interest income increased $97 million sequentially and $83 million compared to the second quarter of 2017, resulting from continued balance sheet growth and increased deposit spreads. The average balance of our LHFI portfolio increased 2% sequentially and 2% compared to the second quarter of 2017 due primarily to growth in direct consumer lending, largely offset by declines in home equity and consumer indirect loans. Noninterest income increased 2% sequentially and decreased 4% compared to the second quarter of 2017. The year-over-year decrease was due primarily to lower mortgage-related income, as a result of lower production volume and reduced gain on sale margins.

We continue to demonstrate positive underlying trends within PWM, as assets under management increased 1% sequentially and 7% compared to the second quarter of 2017. Our value proposition for our targeted client segments is resonating in the marketplace, continuing to drive growth in new clients and in deepening relationships with existing clients.

Our efficiency ratio was 65.9% for the second quarter of 2018, improving from 67.9% for the second quarter of 2017. Our branch count is down 5%, which is largely enabled by our increasing digital adoption rates. We are making strides in improving efficiency while still investing in technology and revenue growth opportunities.

As previously announced, we plan to merge our STM and Bank legal entities in the third quarter of 2018, and we have received approval for the merger from the appropriate regulatory authorities. These entities are both part of the Consumer segment, and the merged entity along with its financial results will remain within Consumer. Subsequent to the merger, mortgage operations will continue under the Bank’s name and charter. See Note 18, “Business Segment Reporting,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for additional information.

Wholesale

Our Wholesale segment continues to perform well due to strong market conditions and strategic momentum with our clients. On the lending side, we saw solid loan growth across CIB, commercial, and CRE. Within capital markets, we had another strong quarter with broad-based growth across most client offerings, including debt capital markets, merger and acquisition activity, equity, and derivatives, the latter of which reflects increased interest rate hedging amongst our clients.

Total revenue decreased $10 million sequentially and increased $38 million compared to second quarter of 2017. The sequential decrease was due to a decrease in net interest income, offset partially by an increase in noninterest income. The year-over-year increase was due primarily to increases in net interest income and noninterest income. Net interest income decreased $27 million sequentially and increased $28 million compared to the second quarter of 2017. The year-over-year increase was due primarily to loan growth, led by increases in CIB, commercial, and CRE loan categories. Noninterest income increased $17 million sequentially and $10 million compared to the second quarter of 2017 driven by the aforementioned growth in capital market activity.

Overall, while market conditions can create quarterly variability, we continue to be optimistic about growth

opportunities within Wholesale, as our differentiated business model attracts clients from new and existing markets.

Additional information related to our business segments can be found in Note 18, "Business Segment Reporting," to the

Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q, and further discussion of our business segment results for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 can be found in the "Business Segment Results" section of this MD&A.



Consolidated Daily Average Balances, Income/Expense, and Average Yields Earned/Rates Paid															Table 1
	Three Months Ended														(Decrease)/Increase
	June 30, 2018							June 30, 2017							(Decrease)/Increase
(Dollars in millions)	Average Balances			Income/ Expense		Yields/ Rates		Average Balances			Income/ Expense		Yields/ Rates		Average Balances			Yields/ Rates
ASSETS
LHFI: ¹
C&I		$67,211			$633	3.78	%		$69,122			$574	3.33	%		($1,911	)	0.45
CRE	5,729			58		4.06		5,157			44		3.38		572			0.68
Commercial construction	3,559			40		4.58		4,105			37		3.63		(546		)	0.95
Residential mortgages - guaranteed	588			5		3.33		532			4		2.95		56			0.38
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	27,022			258		3.81		26,090			248		3.80		932			0.01
Residential home equity products	9,918			119		4.81		11,113			118		4.27		(1,195		)	0.54
Residential construction	216			3		5.26		363			4		4.19		(147		)	1.07
Consumer student - guaranteed	6,763			83		4.92		6,462			71		4.42		301			0.50
Consumer other direct	9,169			120		5.26		8,048			97		4.84		1,121			0.42
Consumer indirect	11,733			108		3.68		11,284			98		3.50		449			0.18
Consumer credit cards	1,524			43		11.45		1,391			35		9.96		133			1.49
Nonaccrual ²	724			6		3.35		773			8		4.37		(49		)	(1.02	)
Total LHFI	144,156			1,476		4.11		144,440			1,338		3.72		(284		)	0.39
Securities AFS: ³
Taxable	30,959			205		2.65		30,057			184		2.45		902			0.20
Tax-exempt	637			5		2.99		348			3		3.04		289			(0.05	)
Total securities AFS	31,596			210		2.66		30,405			187		2.46		1,191			0.20
Fed funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell	1,471			6		1.58		1,237			2		0.68		234			0.90
LHFS	2,117			24		4.54		2,222			21		3.86		(105		)	0.68
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks	25			—		2.32		25			—		0.62		—			1.70
Interest earning trading assets	4,677			38		3.23		5,131			30		2.33		(454		)	0.90
Other earning assets ³	524			5		3.97		597			5		3.01		(73		)	0.96
Total earning assets	184,566			1,759		3.82		184,057			1,583		3.45		509			0.37
ALLL	(1,682		)					(1,723		)					(41		)
Cash and due from banks	4,223							4,901							(678		)
Other assets	17,573							16,248							1,325
Noninterest earning trading assets and derivative instruments	512							918							(406		)
Unrealized (losses)/gains on securities AFS, net	(644		)					93							(737		)
Total assets		$204,548							$204,494							$54
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Interest-bearing deposits:
NOW accounts		$45,344			$52	0.46	%		$44,437			$30	0.27	%		$907		0.19
Money market accounts	49,845			60		0.49		54,199			38		0.28		(4,354		)	0.21
Savings	6,805			1		0.03		6,638			—		0.03		167			—
Consumer time	6,280			15		0.95		5,555			10		0.71		725			0.24
Other time	7,643			27		1.41		4,691			12		1.05		2,952			0.36
Total interest-bearing consumer and commercial deposits	115,917			155		0.54		115,520			90		0.31		397			0.23
Brokered time deposits	1,029			4		1.46		929			3		1.29		100			0.17
Foreign deposits	139			—		1.90		720			2		0.95		(581		)	0.95
Total interest-bearing deposits	117,085			159		0.55		117,169			95		0.32		(84		)	0.23
Funds purchased	1,102			5		1.73		1,155			3		0.96		(53		)	0.77
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	1,656			7		1.71		1,572			3		0.89		84			0.82
Interest-bearing trading liabilities	1,314			10		3.12		992			6		2.66		322			0.46
Other short-term borrowings	1,807			7		1.54		2,008			3		0.55		(201		)	0.99
Long-term debt	11,452			83		2.92		10,518			70		2.66		934			0.26
Total interest-bearing liabilities	134,416			271		0.81		133,414			180		0.54		1,002			0.27
Noninterest-bearing deposits	43,040							43,616							(576		)
Other liabilities	2,309							2,976							(667		)
Noninterest-bearing trading liabilities and derivative instruments	688							349							339
Shareholders’ equity	24,095							24,139							(44		)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity		$204,548							$204,494							$54
Interest rate spread						3.01	%						2.91	%				0.10
Net interest income ⁴					$1,488							$1,403
Net interest income-FTE ^{4, 5}					$1,510							$1,439
Net interest margin ⁶						3.23	%						3.06	%				0.17
Net interest margin-FTE ^{5, 6}						3.28							3.14					0.14

¹Interest income includes loan fees of $39 million and $45 million for the three months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

²Income on consumer and residential nonaccrual loans, if recognized, is recognized on a cash basis.

³Beginning January 1, 2018, we began presenting certain equity securities previously presented in securities available for sale as other earning assets. For periods prior to January 1, 2018, these equity securities have been reclassified to other earning assets for comparability.

⁴Derivative instruments employed to manage our interest rate sensitivity decreased Net interest income by $19 million for the three months ended June 30, 2018 and increased Net interest income by $31 million for the three months ended June 30, 2017.

⁵See Table 19, "Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures," in this MD&A for additional information and reconciliations of non-U.S. GAAP performance measures. Approximately 95% of the total FTE adjustment for both the three months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 was attributed to C&I loans.

⁶Net interest margin is calculated by dividing annualized net interest income by average total earning assets.



Consolidated Daily Average Balances, Income/Expense, and Average Yields Earned/Rates Paid (continued)
	Six Months Ended
	June 30, 2018							June 30, 2017							(Decrease)/Increase
(Dollars in millions)	Average Balances			Income/ Expense		Yields/ Rates		Average Balances			Income/ Expense		Yields/ Rates		Average Balances			Yields/ Rates
ASSETS
LHFI: ¹
C&I		$66,742			$1,221	3.69	%		$69,099			$1,128	3.29	%		($2,357	)	0.40
CRE	5,466			107		3.96		5,098			83		3.28		368			0.68
Commercial construction	3,653			80		4.42		4,090			71		3.51		(437		)	0.91
Residential mortgages - guaranteed	613			10		3.22		550			8		3.01		63			0.21
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	26,943			512		3.80		26,004			494		3.80		939			—
Residential home equity products	10,080			235		4.70		11,289			235		4.19		(1,209		)	0.51
Residential construction	239			6		4.83		374			8		4.12		(135		)	0.71
Consumer student - guaranteed	6,710			161		4.84		6,371			136		4.31		339			0.53
Consumer other direct	8,988			230		5.17		7,934			194		4.93		1,054			0.24
Consumer indirect	11,866			215		3.66		11,067			190		3.46		799			0.20
Consumer credit cards	1,525			87		11.35		1,380			68		9.87		145			1.48
Nonaccrual ²	717			10		2.81		802			13		3.16		(85		)	(0.35	)
Total LHFI	143,542			2,874		4.04		144,058			2,628		3.68		(516		)	0.36
Securities AFS: ³
Taxable	30,904			407		2.63		30,011			364		2.43		893			0.20
Tax-exempt	633			9		2.98		317			5		3.04		316			(0.06	)
Total securities AFS	31,537			416		2.64		30,328			369		2.44		1,209			0.20
Fed funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell	1,403			10		1.39		1,237			3		0.51		166			0.88
LHFS	2,071			45		4.33		2,415			46		3.78		(344		)	0.55
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks	25			—		2.08		25			—		0.63		—			1.45
Interest earning trading assets	4,621			72		3.14		5,159			56		2.21		(538		)	0.93
Other earning assets ³	526			10		3.74		611			9		2.97		(85		)	0.77
Total earning assets	183,725			3,427		3.76		183,833			3,111		3.41		(108		)	0.35
ALLL	(1,704		)					(1,711		)					(7		)
Cash and due from banks	4,773							5,227							(454		)
Other assets	17,415							16,100							1,315
Noninterest earning trading assets and derivative instruments	641							903							(262		)
Unrealized (losses)/gains on securities AFS, net	(509		)					22							(531		)
Total assets		$204,341							$204,374							($33	)
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Interest-bearing deposits:
NOW accounts		$45,964			$97	0.42	%		$44,590			$53	0.24	%		$1,374		0.18
Money market accounts	50,192			109		0.44		54,549			71		0.26		(4,357		)	0.18
Savings	6,697			1		0.03		6,527			1		0.03		170			—
Consumer time	6,183			28		0.91		5,521			19		0.70		662			0.21
Other time	7,336			48		1.33		4,463			22		1.01		2,873			0.32
Total interest-bearing consumer and commercial deposits	116,372			283		0.49		115,650			166		0.29		722			0.20
Brokered time deposits	1,018			7		1.40		923			6		1.28		95			0.12
Foreign deposits	95			1		1.77		699			3		0.81		(604		)	0.96
Total interest-bearing deposits	117,485			291		0.50		117,272			175		0.30		213			0.20
Funds purchased	990			8		1.61		1,014			4		0.83		(24		)	0.78
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	1,626			13		1.55		1,643			6		0.74		(17		)	0.81
Interest-bearing trading liabilities	1,212			18		2.99		997			13		2.63		215			0.36
Other short-term borrowings	1,945			12		1.31		1,881			5		0.52		64			0.79
Long-term debt	10,981			157		2.88		11,038			139		2.55		(57		)	0.33
Total interest-bearing liabilities	134,239			499		0.75		133,845			342		0.52		394			0.23
Noninterest-bearing deposits	42,691							43,356							(665		)
Other liabilities	2,403							2,919							(516		)
Noninterest-bearing trading liabilities and derivative instruments	659							348							311
Shareholders’ equity	24,349							23,906							443
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity		$204,341							$204,374							($33	)
Interest rate spread						3.01	%						2.89	%				0.12
Net interest income ⁴					$2,928							$2,769
Net interest income-FTE ^{4, 5}					$2,971							$2,839
Net interest margin ⁶						3.21	%						3.04	%				0.17
Net interest margin-FTE ^{5, 6}						3.26							3.11					0.15

¹Interest income includes loan fees of $78 million and $90 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

²Income on consumer and residential nonaccrual loans, if recognized, is recognized on a cash basis.

⁴Derivative instruments employed to manage our interest rate sensitivity decreased Net interest income by $21 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and increased Net interest income by $77 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

⁵See Table 19, "Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures," in this MD&A for additional information and reconciliations of non-U.S. GAAP performance measures. Approximately 95% of the total FTE adjustment for both the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 was attributed to C&I loans.

⁶Net interest margin is calculated by dividing annualized net interest income by average total earning assets.

NET INTEREST INCOME/MARGIN (FTE)

Second Quarter of 2018

Net interest income was $1.5 billion for the second quarter of 2018, an increase of $71 million, or 5%, compared to the second quarter of 2017. Net interest margin increased 14 basis points, to 3.28%, compared to the second quarter of 2017. The increase was driven by a 37 basis point increase in average earning asset yields as a result of higher benchmark interest rates, positive mix shift in the LHFI and securities AFS portfolios, and lower premium amortization expense. Specifically, average LHFI yields increased 39 basis points, driven by broad-based increases in yields across commercial and consumer loan categories, while yields on securities AFS increased 20 basis points. These increases were offset partially by higher rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities.

Rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities increased 27 basis points compared to the second quarter of 2017, driven by increases in all deposit and borrowing categories. The average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits increased 23 basis points relative to the second quarter of 2017.

Looking to the third quarter of 2018, we expect net interest margin to increase between zero and two basis points compared to the second quarter of 2018, largely as a result of the June 2018 Fed Funds rate increase. The pace of net interest margin expansion moving forward, when excluding the effect of mix shift, is likely to be lower than what we have experienced in the recent past due to rising interest rates and higher loan-to-deposit ratios, both of which will negatively impact funding costs.

Average earning assets increased $509 million, compared to the second quarter of 2017, driven primarily by a $1.2 billion, or 4%, increase in average securities AFS. This increase was offset partially by decreases in other earning asset categories, led by a $454 million, or 9%, decrease in average interest earning trading assets.

Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $1.0 billion, or 1%, compared to the second quarter of 2017, due primarily to increases in average long-term debt, most consumer and commercial deposit categories, and interest-bearing trading liabilities. Average interest-bearing consumer and commercial deposits increased $397 million compared to the second quarter of 2017, due primarily to growth in average time deposits and NOW accounts. These increases were offset largely by a decline in money market accounts, given the continued migration towards CDs, in part due to our targeted efforts. Average long-term debt increased $934 million, or 9%, compared to the second quarter of 2017, due primarily to our first quarter of 2018 issuances of $500 million of 5-year fixed rate senior notes and $750 million of 3-year fixed-to floating rate senior notes under our Global Bank Note program as well as our second quarter of 2018 issuance of $850 million of 7-year fixed rate senior notes under our Parent Company SEC shelf registration. The effect of these issuances was offset partially by terminations and maturities of long-term FHLB advances during the second half of 2017. See the "Borrowings" section of this MD&A for additional information regarding our short-term borrowings and long-term debt.

We utilize interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk. These instruments are primarily receive-fixed, pay-variable swaps that synthetically convert a portion of our commercial loan

portfolio from floating rates, based on LIBOR, to fixed rates. At June 30, 2018, the outstanding notional balance of active swaps that qualified as cash flow hedges on variable rate commercial loans was $12.6 billion, compared to $12.1 billion at December 31, 2017, respectively.

In addition to the income recognized from active swaps, we recognize interest income or expense from terminated swaps that were previously designated as cash flow hedges on variable rate commercial loans. Interest expense from our commercial loan swaps was $16 million during the second quarter of 2018, compared to income of $27 million during the second quarter of 2017 due primarily to an increase in LIBOR. As we manage our interest rate risk we may continue to purchase additional and/or terminate existing interest rate swaps.

Remaining swaps on commercial loans have maturities through 2023 and have an average maturity of 3.2 years at June 30, 2018. The weighted average rate on the receive-fixed rate leg of the commercial loan swap portfolio was 1.66%, and the weighted average rate on the pay-variable leg was 2.09%, at June 30, 2018.

First Half of 2018

Net interest income was $3.0 billion for the first six months of 2018, an increase of $132 million, or 5%, compared to the first six months of 2017. Net interest margin for the first six months of 2018 increased 15 basis points, to 3.26%, compared to the first six months of 2017. These increases were driven primarily by the same factors as discussed above for the second quarter of 2018.

Rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities increased 23 basis points compared to the first six months of 2017, driven by increases in rates paid across all deposit and borrowing categories. The average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits increased 20 basis points.

Average earning assets decreased $108 million, compared to the first six months of 2017, driven primarily by a $538 million, or 10%, decrease in average interest earning trading assets, a $516 million decrease in average LHFI, and a $344 million, or 14%, decrease in LHFS. These decreases were offset partially by a $1.2 billion, or 4%, increase in average securities AFS. The decrease in average LHFI was driven primarily by decreases in C&I and residential home equity loans. See the "Loans" section in this MD&A for additional discussion regarding loan activity.

Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $394 million, compared to the first six months of 2017, due primarily to increases across most consumer and commercial deposit categories and interest-bearing trading liabilities, offset largely by declines in money market accounts and foreign deposits. Average interest-bearing consumer and commercial deposits increased $722 million, or 1%, due primarily to the same factors as discussed above for the second quarter of 2018.

Foregone Interest

Foregone interest income from NPLs reduced net interest margin by one basis point for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2018. The effect of foregone interest income from NPLs on interest margin was less than one basis point during the three and six months ended June 30, 2017. See additional discussion

regarding our credit quality in the “Loans,” “Allowance for Credit Losses,” and “Nonperforming Assets” sections of this MD&A. In addition, Table 1 in this MD&A contains more

detailed information regarding average balances, yields earned, rates paid, and associated impacts on net interest income.



NONINTEREST INCOME
											Table 2
	Three Months Ended June 30						Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)	2018		2017		% Change		2018		2017		% Change
Service charges on deposit accounts		$144		$151	(5	)%		$289		$299	(3	)%
Other charges and fees	93		103		(10	)	179		198		(10	)
Card fees	85		87		(2	)	166		169		(2	)
Investment banking income	167		147		14		298		314		(5	)
Trading income	53		46		15		95		97		(2	)
Trust and investment management income	75		76		(1	)	150		151		(1	)
Retail investment services	73		70		4		145		139		4
Mortgage servicing related income	40		44		(9	)	95		102		(7	)
Mortgage production related income	43		56		(23	)	79		109		(28	)
Commercial real estate related income	18		24		(25	)	42		44		(5	)
Net securities gains	—		1		(100	)	1		1		—
Other noninterest income	38		22		73		87		51		71
Total noninterest income		$829		$827	—	%		$1,626		$1,674	(3	)%

Noninterest income increased $2 million compared to the second quarter of 2017 and decreased $48 million, or 3%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017. The increase compared to the second quarter of 2017 was driven primarily by higher capital markets-related income and other noninterest income, offset largely by lower client transaction-related fees, mortgage-related income, and commercial real estate related income. The decrease compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017 was driven, in large part, by lower mortgage-related income, client transaction-related fees, and capital markets-related income, offset partially by higher other noninterest income.

Client transaction-related fee income, which includes service charges on deposit accounts, other charges and fees, and card fees, decreased $19 million, or 6%, compared to the second quarter of 2017 and decreased $32 million, or 5%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017. These decreases were due primarily to lower transactional activity and the impact of our January 1, 2018 adoption of the revenue recognition accounting standard, which resulted in the netting of certain expense items against this income. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for additional information regarding our adoption of this accounting standard.

Investment banking income increased $20 million, or 14%, compared to the second quarter of 2017 and decreased $16 million, or 5%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017. The increase compared to the second quarter of 2017 was driven by strong performance in the current quarter, with strong deal flow activity across most client offerings, as well as the impact of our January 1, 2018 adoption of the revenue recognition accounting standard. The decrease compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017 was due primarily to declines in syndicated and leveraged finance activity, offset partially by increases in equity capital markets and investment grade bond originations.

The revenue recognition accounting standard increased investment banking income by $4 million and $8 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018, respectively.

Trading income increased $7 million, or 15%, compared to the second quarter of 2017 and decreased $2 million, or 2%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017. The increase compared to the second quarter of 2017 was driven by higher client-related interest rate hedging activity in the current quarter.

Retail investment services income increased $3 million, or 4%, compared to the second quarter of 2017 and increased $6 million, or 4%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017. These increases were driven primarily by growth in retail brokerage managed assets.

Mortgage servicing related income decreased $4 million, or 9%, compared to the second quarter of 2017 and decreased $7 million, or 7%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017. These decreases were due to higher servicing asset decay and lower net hedge performance, offset partially by higher servicing fee income. The UPB of mortgage loans in the servicing portfolio was $170.5 billion at June 30, 2018, compared to $165.6 billion at June 30, 2017.

Mortgage production related income decreased $13 million, or 23%, compared to the second quarter of 2017 and decreased $30 million, or 28%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017. These decreases were driven by lower gain on sale margins, reduced refinance activity, and less favorable channel mix. Mortgage application volume remained relatively stable and closed loan volume decreased 3% compared to the second quarter of 2017. Compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017, mortgage application volume decreased 4% and closed loan volume decreased 4%.

Commercial real estate related income decreased $6 million, or 25%, compared to the second quarter of 2017 and decreased $2 million, or 5%, compared to the six months ended June 30,

2017. These decreases were due primarily to lower transactional activity in the current quarter.

Other noninterest income increased $16 million, or 73%, compared to the second quarter of 2017 and increased $36 million, or 71%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017. The increase compared to the second quarter of 2017 was driven primarily by a $12 million mark-to-market gain on an equity investment in GreenSky, Inc. recognized in the current quarter. The increase compared to the six months ended June 30,

2017 was due primarily to the aforementioned mark-to-market gain as well as a $23 million remeasurement gain on an equity investment recognized in the first quarter of 2018, following our full adoption of the recognition and measurement of financial assets accounting standard on January 1, 2018. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for additional information regarding our adoption of this accounting standard.



NONINTEREST EXPENSE
											Table 3
	Three Months Ended June 30						Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)	2018		2017		% Change		2018		2017		% Change
Employee compensation		$714		$710	1	%		$1,422		$1,427	—	%
Employee benefits	88		86		2		234		221		6
Total personnel expenses	802		796		1		1,656		1,648		—
Outside processing and software	227		204		11		433		409		6
Net occupancy expense	90		94		(4	)	184		185		(1	)
Equipment expense	44		43		2		84		83		1
Marketing and customer development	40		42		(5	)	81		84		(4	)
Regulatory assessments	39		49		(20	)	79		97		(19	)
Amortization	17		15		13		32		28		14
Operating losses	17		19		(11	)	23		51		(55	)
Other noninterest expense	114		126		(10	)	235		268		(12	)
Total noninterest expense		$1,390		$1,388	—	%		$2,807		$2,853	(2	)%

Noninterest expense increased $2 million compared to the second quarter of 2017 and decreased $46 million, or 2%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017. The increase compared to the second quarter of 2017 was driven primarily by higher outside processing and software expense, offset largely by lower other noninterest expense and regulatory assessments, as well as reductions in other expense categories. The decrease compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017 was driven primarily by lower other noninterest expense, operating losses, and regulatory assessments, offset partially by higher outside processing and software expense.

Personnel expenses increased $6 million compared to the second quarter of 2017 and increased $8 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017. These increases were due primarily to higher compensation costs associated with revenue growth.

Outside processing and software expense increased $23 million, or 11%, compared to the second quarter of 2017 and increased $24 million, or 6%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017. These increases were driven primarily by higher software-related costs associated with ongoing investments in technology during the current quarter.

Regulatory assessments expense decreased $10 million, or 20%, compared to the second quarter of 2017 and decreased $18 million, or 19%, compared to the six months ended June 30,

2017. These decreases were driven by lower FDIC insurance premiums as a result of our improved financial position and risk profile.

Amortization expense increased $2 million, or 13%, compared to the second quarter of 2017 and increased $4 million, or 14%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017. These increases were driven by an increase in our community development investments, which are amortized over the life of the related tax credits that these investments generate. See the "Community Development Investments" section of Note 10, "Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for additional information regarding these investments.

Operating losses decreased $2 million, or 11%, compared to the second quarter of 2017 and decreased $28 million, or 55%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017. The decrease compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017 was driven primarily by a net benefit of $10 million related to the progression of certain legal matters, as well as lower fraud losses.

Other noninterest expense decreased $12 million, or 10%, compared to the second quarter of 2017 and decreased $33 million, or 12%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017. These decreases were driven primarily by gains on the sale of certain real estate assets as well as lower severance-related expenses and legal and consulting expenses in the current quarter.

LOANS

Our disclosures about the credit quality of our loan portfolio and the related credit reserves (i) describe the nature of credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio, (ii) provide information on how we analyze and assess credit risk in arriving at an adequate and appropriate ALLL, and (iii) explain changes in the ALLL as well as reasons for those changes.

Our loan portfolio consists of two loan segments: Commercial loans and Consumer loans. Loans are assigned to these segments based on the type of borrower, purpose, and/or our underlying credit management processes. Additionally, we further disaggregate each loan segment into loan types based on common characteristics within each loan segment.

Commercial Loans

C&I loans include loans to fund business operations or activities, loans secured by owner-occupied properties, corporate credit cards, and other wholesale lending activities. Commercial loans secured by owner-occupied properties are classified as C&I loans because the primary source of loan repayment for these properties is business income and not real estate operations. CRE and Commercial construction loans include investor loans where repayment is largely dependent upon the operation, refinance, or sale of the underlying real estate.

Consumer Loans

Residential mortgages, both guaranteed (by a federal agency or GSE) and nonguaranteed, consist of loans secured by 1-4 family homes; mostly prime, first-lien loans. Residential home equity products consist of equity lines of credit and closed-end equity loans secured by residential real estate that may be in either a first lien or junior lien position. Residential construction loans include residential real estate secured owner-occupied construction-to-perm loans and lot loans.

Consumer loans also include Guaranteed student loans, Indirect loans (consisting of loans secured by automobiles, boats, and recreational vehicles), Other direct loans (consisting

primarily of unsecured loans, direct auto loans, loans secured by negotiable collateral, and private student loans), and Credit cards.

The composition of our loan portfolio is presented in Table 4:



Loan Portfolio by Types of Loans			Table 4

(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017
Commercial loans:
C&I ¹		$67,343		$66,356
CRE	6,302		5,317
Commercial construction	3,456		3,804
Total commercial LHFI	77,101		75,477
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgages - guaranteed	525		560
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed ²	27,556		27,136
Residential home equity products	9,918		10,626
Residential construction	217		298
Guaranteed student	6,892		6,633
Other direct	9,448		8,729
Indirect	11,712		12,140
Credit cards	1,566		1,582
Total consumer LHFI	67,834		67,704
LHFI		$144,935		$143,181
LHFS ³		$2,283		$2,290

¹Includes $3.8 billion and $3.7 billion of lease financing and $800 million and $778 million of installment loans at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

²Includes $177 million and $196 million of LHFI measured at fair value at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

³Includes $2.0 billion and $1.6 billion of LHFS measured at fair value at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

Table 5 presents our LHFI portfolio by geography (based on the U.S. Census Bureau's classifications of U.S. regions):



											Table 5
	June 30, 2018
	Commercial LHFI				Consumer LHFI				Total LHFI
(Dollars in millions)	Balance		% of Total Commercial		Balance		% of Total Consumer		Balance		% of Total LHFI
South region:
Florida		$12,864	17	%		$13,230	20	%		$26,094	18	%
Georgia	10,204		13		8,442		12		18,646		13
Virginia	6,441		8		7,413		11		13,854		10
Maryland	4,243		6		6,086		9		10,329		7
North Carolina	4,732		6		5,334		8		10,066		7
Texas	4,088		5		4,250		6		8,338		6
Tennessee	4,228		5		2,925		4		7,153		5
South Carolina	1,236		2		2,373		3		3,609		2
District of Columbia	1,608		2		1,046		2		2,654		2
Other Southern states	2,855		4		2,462		4		5,317		4
Total South region	52,499		68		53,561		79		106,060		73
Northeast region:
New York	5,399		7		1,176		2		6,575		5
Pennsylvania	1,603		2		1,205		2		2,808		2
New Jersey	1,376		2		704		1		2,080		1
Other Northeastern states	2,434		3		897		1		3,331		2
Total Northeast region	10,812		14		3,982		6		14,794		10
West region:
California	4,507		6		3,309		5		7,816		5
Other Western states	2,385		3		2,369		3		4,754		3
Total West region	6,892		9		5,678		8		12,570		9
Midwest region:
Illinois	1,917		2		997		1		2,914		2
Ohio	819		1		724		1		1,543		1
Missouri	847		1		422		1		1,269		1
Other Midwestern states	2,056		3		2,394		4		4,450		3
Total Midwest region	5,639		7		4,537		7		10,176		7
Foreign loans	1,259		2		76		—		1,335		1
Total		$77,101	100	%		$67,834	100	%		$144,935	100	%



	December 31, 2017
	Commercial LHFI				Consumer LHFI				Total LHFI
(Dollars in millions)	Balance		% of Total Commercial		Balance		% of Total Consumer		Balance		% of Total LHFI
South region:
Florida		$12,792	17	%		$13,474	20	%		$26,266	18	%
Georgia	10,250		14		8,462		12		18,712		13
Virginia	6,580		9		7,545		11		14,125		10
Maryland	4,104		5		6,095		9		10,199		7
North Carolina	4,482		6		5,354		8		9,836		7
Texas	3,954		5		4,122		6		8,076		6
Tennessee	4,101		5		2,985		4		7,086		5
South Carolina	1,155		2		2,385		4		3,540		2
District of Columbia	1,501		2		1,022		2		2,523		2
Other Southern states	2,791		4		2,452		4		5,243		4
Total South region	51,710		69		53,896		80		105,606		74
Northeast region:
New York	4,731		6		1,139		2		5,870		4
Pennsylvania	1,458		2		1,189		2		2,647		2
New Jersey	1,327		2		689		1		2,016		1
Other Northeastern states	2,387		3		895		1		3,282		2
Total Northeast region	9,903		13		3,912		6		13,815		10
West region:
California	4,893		6		3,246		5		8,139		6
Other Western states	2,172		3		2,235		3		4,407		3
Total West region	7,065		9		5,481		8		12,546		9
Midwest region:
Illinois	1,637		2		922		1		2,559		2
Ohio	718		1		688		1		1,406		1
Missouri	922		1		395		1		1,317		1
Other Midwestern states	2,211		3		2,336		3		4,547		3
Total Midwest region	5,488		7		4,341		6		9,829		7
Foreign loans	1,311		2		74		—		1,385		1
Total		$75,477	100	%		$67,704	100	%		$143,181	100	%

Loans Held for Investment

LHFI totaled $144.9 billion at June 30, 2018, an increase of $1.8 billion from December 31, 2017, driven largely by increases in C&I, CRE, consumer direct, nonguaranteed residential mortgages, and guaranteed student loans, offset partially by decreases in residential home equity products, consumer indirect, and commercial construction loans.

Average LHFI for the second quarter of 2018 totaled $144.2 billion, up $1.2 billion compared to the prior quarter, driven primarily by the same factors as discussed above related to the change in period end LHFI. See Table 1 and the "Net Interest Income/Margin" section in this MD&A for more detailed information regarding average LHFI balances, yields earned, and associated impacts on net interest income.

Commercial loans increased $1.6 billion, or 2%, during the first six months of 2018, driven by a $987 million, or 1%, increase in C&I loans resulting from growth in a number of industry verticals and client segments. CRE loans also increased $985 million, or 19%, driven by portfolio diversification and increased loan production. These increases were offset partially by a $348

million, or 9%, decrease in commercial construction loans due to payoffs and paydowns.

Consumer loans increased $130 million during the first six months of 2018, driven by a $719 million, or 8%, increase in other direct, a $420 million, or 2%, increase in nonguaranteed residential mortgages, and a $259 million, or 4%, increase in guaranteed student loans. These increases were offset largely by a $708 million, or 7%, decrease in residential home equity products and a $428 million, or 4%, decline in indirect loans during the first six months of 2018.

At June 30, 2018, 41% of our residential home equity product balance was in a first lien position and 59% was in a junior lien position. For residential home equity products in a junior lien position at June 30, 2018, we own or service 32% of the balance of loans that are senior to the home equity product.

Loans Held for Sale

LHFS decreased $7 million during the first six months of 2018, due primarily to loan sales exceeding mortgage production.

Asset Quality

Our asset quality metrics were strong during the second quarter and first six months of 2018, evidenced by our low annualized net charge-off and NPL ratios. These low levels reflect the relative strength across our LHFI portfolio, particularly in C&I and CRE, though we recognize that there could be variability and normalization moving forward. See the “Allowance for Credit Losses” and “Nonperforming Assets” sections of this MD&A for detailed information regarding our net charge-offs and NPLs.

NPAs increased $73 million, or 10%, during the first six months of 2018, driven primarily by a single C&I borrower downgrade, a single CRE borrower downgrade, and the impact of hurricane-related forbearances, offset partially by the return to accrual status of certain nonperforming home equity products. At June 30, 2018, the ratio of NPLs to period-end LHFI was 0.52%, an increase of five basis points compared to December 31, 2017.

Early stage delinquencies were 0.72% and 0.80% of total loans at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Early stage delinquencies, excluding government-guaranteed

loans, were 0.22% and 0.32% at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The reductions in early stage delinquencies resulted primarily from improvements in consumer loans.

For the second quarter of 2018, net charge-offs totaled $73 million, compared to $79 million in the prior quarter and $70 million in the second quarter of 2017. The annualized net charge-offs to total average LHFI ratio was 0.20% for both the second quarter of 2018 and 2017, and was 0.22% for the prior quarter. For the first six months of 2018 and 2017, net charge-offs totaled $152 million and $182 million, and the annualized net charge-offs to total average LHFI ratio was 0.21% and 0.26%, respectively. The decline in net charge-offs compared to the first six months of 2017 was driven primarily by overall asset quality improvements and lower commercial net charge-offs.

Although our net charge-offs to total average LHFI ratio has come in below expectations for the last several quarters, we still expect to operate within a net charge-off ratio of between 25 and 35 basis points for the remainder of 2018. Additionally, we expect the ALLL to period-end LHFI ratio to decline modestly if current asset quality conditions are sustained.

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The allowance for credit losses consists of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments. A rollforward of our allowance for credit losses and summarized credit loss experience is shown in Table 6. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," and the "Critical Accounting Policies"

MD&A section of our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as Note 7, "Allowance for Credit Losses," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for further information regarding our ALLL accounting policy, determination, and allocation.



Summary of Credit Losses Experience															Table 6

	Three Months Ended June 30								Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)	2018			2017			% Change		2018			2017			% Change ⁴
Allowance for Credit Losses
Balance - beginning of period		$1,763			$1,783		(1	)%		$1,814			$1,776		2	%
Provision/(benefit) for unfunded commitments	3			3			—		(7		)	5			NM
Provision for loan losses:
Commercial LHFI	17			39			(56	)	1			84			(99	)
Consumer LHFI	12			48			(75	)	66			120			(45	)
Total provision for loan losses	29			87			(67	)	67			204			(67	)
Charge-offs:
Commercial LHFI	(21		)	(26		)	(19	)	(44		)	(89		)	(51	)
Consumer LHFI	(80		)	(75		)	7		(163		)	(159		)	3
Total charge-offs	(101		)	(101		)	—		(207		)	(248		)	(17	)
Recoveries:
Commercial LHFI	4			7			(43	)	10			21			(52	)
Consumer LHFI	24			24			—		45			45			—
Total recoveries	28			31			(10	)	55			66			(17	)
Net charge-offs	(73		)	(70		)	4		(152		)	(182		)	(16	)
Balance - end of period		$1,722			$1,803		(4	)%		$1,722			$1,803		(4	)%
Components:
ALLL										$1,650			$1,731		(5	)%
Unfunded commitments reserve ¹									72			72			—
Allowance for credit losses										$1,722			$1,803		(4	)%
Average LHFI		$144,156			$144,440		—	%		$143,542			$144,058		—	%
Period-end LHFI outstanding									144,935			144,268			—
Ratios:
ALLL to period-end LHFI ²									1.14		%	1.20		%	(5	)%
ALLL to NPLs ³									2.20x			2.31x			(5	)
Net charge-offs to total average LHFI (annualized)	0.20		%	0.20		%	—		0.21		%	0.26		%	(19	)

¹ The unfunded commitments reserve is recorded in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

² $177 million and $214 million of LHFI measured at fair value at June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, were excluded from period-end LHFI in the calculation, as no allowance is recorded for loans measured at fair value. We believe that this presentation more appropriately reflects the relationship between the ALLL and loans that attract an allowance.

³$5 million and $4 million of NPLs measured at fair value at June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, were excluded from NPLs in the calculation, as no allowance is recorded for NPLs measured at fair value. We believe that this presentation more appropriately reflects the relationship between the ALLL and NPLs that attract an allowance.

⁴ "NM" - Not meaningful. Those changes over 100 percent were not considered to be meaningful.

Provision for Credit Losses

The total provision for credit losses includes the provision for loan losses and the provision/(benefit) for unfunded commitments. The provision for loan losses is the result of a detailed analysis performed to estimate an appropriate and adequate ALLL. For the second quarter of 2018, the total provision for loan losses decreased $58 million compared to the second quarter of 2017, due to an improved outlook for 2017 hurricane-related losses and improved economic and credit conditions resulting in a lower ALLL. For the first six months of 2018, the total provision for loan losses decreased $137 million compared to the same period in 2017, driven primarily by lower net charge-offs and a lower ALLL.

Our quarterly review processes to determine the level of reserves and provision are informed by trends in our LHFI portfolio (including historical loss experience, expected loss calculations, delinquencies, performing status, size and composition of the loan portfolio, and concentrations within the portfolio) combined with a view on economic conditions. In addition to internal credit quality metrics, the ALLL estimate is impacted by other indicators of credit risk associated with the portfolio, such as geopolitical and economic risks, and the increasing availability of credit and resultant higher levels of leverage for consumers and commercial borrowers.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses



ALLL by Loan Segment				Table 7
(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018			December 31, 2017
ALLL:
Commercial LHFI		$1,068			$1,101
Consumer LHFI	582			634
Total		$1,650			$1,735
Segment ALLL as a % of total ALLL:
Commercial LHFI	65		%	63		%
Consumer LHFI	35			37
Total	100		%	100		%
Segment LHFI as a % of total LHFI:
Commercial LHFI	53		%	53		%
Consumer LHFI	47			47
Total	100		%	100		%

The ALLL decreased $85 million, or 5%, from December 31, 2017, to $1.7 billion at June 30, 2018. The decrease was due primarily to continued asset quality improvements and a reduction in the amount of reserves held for 2017 hurricane-related losses. The ALLL to period-end LHFI ratio (excluding loans measured at fair value) decreased seven basis points from December 31, 2017, to 1.14% at June 30, 2018. The ratio of the ALLL to NPLs (excluding NPLs measured at fair value) decreased to 2.20x at June 30, 2018, compared to 2.59x at December 31, 2017, due to a decrease in the ALLL and an increase in NPLs.

NONPERFORMING ASSETS

Table 8 presents our NPAs:



							Table 8
(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018			December 31, 2017			% Change
NPAs:
Commercial NPLs:
C&I		$296			$215		38	%
CRE	45			24			88
Commercial construction	—			1			(100	)
Total commercial NPLs	341			240			42
Consumer NPLs:
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	240			206			17
Residential home equity products	150			203			(26	)
Residential construction	10			11			(9	)
Other direct	8			7			14
Indirect	6			7			(14	)
Total consumer NPLs	414			434			(5	)
Total nonaccrual loans/NPLs ¹		$755			$674		12	%
OREO ²		$53			$57		(7	)%
Other repossessed assets	6			10			(40	)
Total NPAs		$814			$741		10	%
Accruing LHFI past due 90 days or more		$1,242			$1,405		(12	)%
Accruing LHFS past due 90 days or more	1			2			(50	)
TDRs:
Accruing restructured loans		$2,418			$2,468		(2	)%
Nonaccruing restructured loans ¹	326			286			14
Ratios:
NPLs to period-end LHFI	0.52		%	0.47		%	11	%
NPAs to period-end LHFI, OREO, and other repossessed assets	0.56			0.52			8

¹ Nonaccruing restructured loans are included in total nonaccrual loans/NPLs.

²Does not include foreclosed real estate related to loans insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. Proceeds due from the FHA and the VA are recorded as a receivable in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets until the property is conveyed and the funds are received. The receivable related to proceeds due from the FHA and the VA totaled $44 million and $45 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

Problem loans or loans with potential weaknesses, such as nonaccrual loans, loans over 90 days past due and still accruing, and TDR loans, are disclosed in the NPA table above. Loans with known potential credit problems that may not otherwise be disclosed in this table include accruing criticized commercial loans, which are disclosed along with additional credit quality information in Note 6, “Loans,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, there were no known significant potential problem loans that are not otherwise disclosed. See the "Critical Accounting Policies" MD&A section of our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our policy on loans classified as nonaccrual.

NPAs increased $73 million, or 10%, during the first six months of 2018. The ratio of NPLs to period-end LHFI was 0.52% at June 30, 2018, up five basis points from December 31, 2017. These increases were driven primarily by two commercial borrower downgrades and hurricane-related forbearances on residential mortgage loans, offset partially by the return to accrual status of certain nonperforming home equity products.

Nonperforming Loans

NPLs at June 30, 2018 totaled $755 million, an increase of $81 million, or 12%, from December 31, 2017, driven primarily by increases in C&I, CRE, and residential mortgage NPLs, offset partially by a decrease in home equity NPLs.

Commercial NPLs increased $101 million, or 42%, during the first six months of 2018 driven by increases in C&I and CRE NPLs, each due primarily to the downgrade of one borrower.

Consumer NPLs decreased $20 million, or 5%, from December 31, 2017, driven by the return to accrual status of certain home equity products, offset largely by an increase in residential mortgage NPLs due primarily to hurricane-related forbearances.

Interest income on consumer nonaccrual loans, if received, is recognized on a cash basis. Interest income on commercial nonaccrual loans is not generally recognized until after the principal amount has been reduced to zero. Interest income recognized on nonaccrual loans (which includes out-of-period interest for certain commercial nonaccrual loans) totaled $6 million and $8 million for the second quarter of 2018 and 2017,

and totaled $10 million and $13 million for the first six months of 2018 and 2017, respectively. If all such loans had been accruing interest according to their original contractual terms, estimated interest income of $11 million would have been recognized for both the second quarter of 2018 and 2017, and $22 million for both the first six months of 2018 and 2017.

Other Nonperforming Assets

OREO decreased $4 million, or 7%, during the first six months of 2018 to $53 million at June 30, 2018. Sales of OREO resulted in proceeds of $36 million and $28 million during the first six months of 2018 and 2017, respectively, resulting in net gains of $5 million for both periods, inclusive of valuation reserves.

Most of our OREO properties are located in Florida, Virginia, Maryland, and North Carolina. Residential and commercial real estate properties comprised 93% and 4%, respectively, of total OREO at June 30, 2018, with the remainder related to land. Upon foreclosure, the values of these properties were re-evaluated and, if necessary, written down to their then-current estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell. Any further decreases in property values could result in additional losses as they are regularly revalued. See the "Non-recurring Fair Value Measurements" section within Note 16, "Fair Value Election and Measurement," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for additional information.

Gains and losses on the sale of OREO are recorded in Other noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Sales of OREO and the related gains or losses are highly dependent on our disposition strategy. We are actively managing and disposing of these assets to minimize future losses and to maintain compliance with regulatory requirements.

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more are included in LHFI and LHFS, and totaled $1.2 billion and $1.4 billion at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Of these, 97% and 98% were government-guaranteed at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Accruing LHFI past due 90 days or more decreased $163 million, or 12%, during the first six months of 2018, driven by a $153 million, or 15%, decrease in guaranteed student loans and a $20 million, or 6%, decrease in guaranteed residential mortgages.

Restructured Loans

To maximize the collection of loan balances, we evaluate troubled loans on a case-by-case basis to determine if a loan modification is appropriate. We pursue loan modifications when there is a reasonable chance that an appropriate modification would allow our client to continue servicing the debt. For loans secured by residential real estate, if the client demonstrates a loss of income such that the client cannot reasonably support a modified loan, we may pursue short sales and/or deed-in-lieu arrangements. For loans secured by income producing commercial properties, we perform an in-depth and ongoing programmatic review of a number of factors, including cash flows, loan structures, collateral values, and guarantees to identify loans within our income producing commercial loan portfolio that are most likely to experience distress.

Based on our review of the aforementioned factors and our assessment of overall risk, we evaluate the benefits of proactively

initiating discussions with our clients to improve a loan’s risk profile. In some cases, we may renegotiate terms of their loans so that they have a higher likelihood of continuing to perform. To date, we have restructured loans in a variety of ways to help our clients service their debt and to mitigate the potential for additional losses. The restructuring methods offered to our clients primarily include an extension of the loan's contractual term and/or a reduction in the loan's original contractual interest rate. In limited circumstances, loan modifications that forgive contractually specified unpaid principal balances may also be offered. For residential home equity lines nearing the end of their draw period and for commercial loans, the primary restructuring method is an extension of the loan's contractual term.

Loans with modifications deemed to be economic concessions resulting from borrower financial difficulties are reported as TDRs. Accruing loans may retain accruing status at the time of restructure and the status is determined by, among other things, the nature of the restructure, the borrower's repayment history, and the borrower's repayment capacity.

Nonaccruing loans that are modified and demonstrate a sustainable history of repayment performance in accordance with their modified terms, typically six months, are usually reclassified to accruing TDR status. Generally, once a loan becomes a TDR, we expect that the loan will continue to be reported as a TDR for its remaining life, even after returning to accruing status (unless the modified rates and terms at the time of modification were available in the market at the time of the modification, or if the loan is subsequently remodified at market rates). Some restructurings may not ultimately result in the complete collection of principal and interest (as modified by the terms of the restructuring), culminating in default, which could result in additional incremental losses. These potential incremental losses are factored into our ALLL estimate. The level of re-defaults will likely be affected by future economic conditions. See Note 6, “Loans,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for additional information.

At June 30, 2018, our total TDR portfolio totaled $2.7 billion and was comprised of $2.6 billion, or 95%, of consumer loans (predominantly first and second lien residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit) and $143 million, or 5%, of commercial loans. Total TDRs decreased $10 million from December 31, 2017, as a $50 million, or 2%, decrease in accruing TDRs was offset largely by a $40 million, or 14%, increase in nonaccruing TDRs.

Generally, interest income on restructured loans that have met sustained performance criteria and returned to accruing status is recognized according to the terms of the restructuring. Such interest income recognized totaled $27 million for both the second quarter of 2018 and 2017, and totaled $54 million and $55 million for the first six months of 2018 and 2017, respectively. If all such loans had been accruing interest according to their original contractual terms, estimated interest income of $31 million and $33 million for the second quarter of 2018 and 2017, and $63 million and $66 million for the first six months of 2018 and 2017, respectively, would have been recognized.

SELECTED FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE

The following is a discussion of the more significant financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017. For a complete discussion of our financial instruments measured at fair value and the methodologies used to estimate the fair values of our financial instruments, see Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q.

Trading Assets and Liabilities and Derivative Instruments

Trading assets and derivative instruments decreased $43 million, or 1%, compared to December 31, 2017. This decrease was due primarily to decreases in derivative instruments, trading loans, and municipal securities, offset largely by increases in corporate and other debt securities, federal agency securities, agency MBS, and U.S. Treasury securities. These changes were driven by

normal activity in the trading portfolio product mix as we manage our business and continue to meet our clients' needs. Trading liabilities and derivative instruments increased $675 million, or 53%, compared to December 31, 2017, driven by increases in corporate and other debt securities, derivative instruments, and U.S. Treasury securities. For composition and valuation assumptions related to our trading products, as well as additional information on our derivative instruments, see Note 4, “Trading Assets and Liabilities and Derivative Instruments,” Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” and the “Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments and Securities Available for Sale” section of Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q. Also, for a discussion of market risk associated with our trading activities, refer to the “Market Risk Management—Market Risk from Trading Activities” section of this MD&A.



Securities Available for Sale
							Table 9
	June 30, 2018
(Dollars in millions)	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
U.S. Treasury securities		$4,239		$—		$113		$4,126
Federal agency securities	244		1		2		243
U.S. states and political subdivisions	632		4		21		615
MBS - agency residential	22,883		134		558		22,459
MBS - agency commercial	2,664		1		97		2,568
MBS - non-agency commercial	950		—		34		916
Corporate and other debt securities	15		—		—		15
Total securities AFS		$31,627		$140		$825		$30,942



	December 31, 2017 ¹
(Dollars in millions)	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
U.S. Treasury securities		$4,361		$2		$32		$4,331
Federal agency securities	257		3		1		259
U.S. states and political subdivisions	618		7		8		617
MBS - agency residential	22,616		222		134		22,704
MBS - agency commercial	2,121		3		38		2,086
MBS - non-agency residential	55		4		—		59
MBS - non-agency commercial	862		7		3		866
ABS	6		2		—		8
Corporate and other debt securities	17		—		—		17
Total securities AFS		$30,913		$250		$216		$30,947

¹Beginning January 1, 2018, we reclassified equity securities previously presented in Securities available for sale to Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts for comparability. See Note 9, "Other Assets," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for additional information.

The securities AFS portfolio is managed as part of our overall liquidity management and ALM process to optimize income and portfolio value over an entire interest rate cycle while mitigating the associated risks. Changes in the size and composition of the portfolio reflect our efforts to maintain a high quality, liquid portfolio, while managing our interest rate risk profile. The amortized cost of the portfolio increased $714 million during the six months ended June 30, 2018, due primarily to increased

holdings of agency commercial and residential MBS, non-agency commercial MBS, and municipal securities, offset partially by decreased holdings of U.S. Treasury securities and non-agency residential MBS. The fair value of the securities AFS portfolio decreased $5 million compared to December 31, 2017, due primarily to a $719 million increase in net unrealized losses associated with an increase in market interest rates, offset largely by the aforementioned increases in securities holdings. At

June 30, 2018, the overall securities AFS portfolio was in a $685 million net unrealized loss position, compared to a net unrealized gain position of $34 million at December 31, 2017. The securities AFS portfolio had an effective duration of 4.7 years at June 30, 2018 compared to 4.5 years at December 31, 2017.

Net realized gains related to the sale of securities AFS were immaterial for both the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017. There were no OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017. For additional information on our accounting policies, composition, and valuation assumptions related to the securities AFS portfolio, see Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," to our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as Note 5, "Securities Available for Sale," Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," and the “Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments and Securities Available for Sale” section of Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q.

For the three months ended June 30, 2018, the average yield on the securities AFS portfolio was 2.66%, compared to 2.46% for the three months ended June 30, 2017. For the six months ended June 30, 2018, the average yield on the securities AFS portfolio was 2.64%, compared to 2.44% for the six months ended June 30, 2017. The increases in average yield were due primarily to higher benchmark interest rates, favorable mix shift, and lower premium amortization. See additional discussion related to average yields on securities AFS in the "Net Interest Income/Margin" section of this MD&A.

The credit quality and liquidity profile of the securities AFS portfolio remained strong at June 30, 2018, and consequently, we believe that we have the flexibility to respond to changes in the economic environment and take actions as opportunities arise to manage our interest rate risk profile and balance liquidity risk against investment returns. Over the longer term, the size and composition of the securities AFS portfolio will reflect balance sheet trends and our overall liquidity objectives. Accordingly, the size and composition of the securities AFS portfolio could change over time.

BORROWINGS

Short-Term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings include funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and other short-term borrowings. Our short-term borrowings at June 30, 2018 increased $507 million, or 11%, from December 31, 2017, driven by a $1.8 billion increase in other short-term borrowings, offset largely by a $1.3 billion decrease in funds purchased. The increase in other short-term borrowings was due to a $1.8 billion increase in outstanding FHLB advances.

Long-Term Debt

During the six months ended June 30, 2018, our long-term debt increased by $2.2 billion, or 23%. This increase was driven by the Bank's first quarter of 2018 issuances of $500 million of 5-year fixed rate senior notes and $750 million of 3-year fixed-to floating rate senior notes under the Global Bank Note program, our second quarter of 2018 issuance of $850 million of 7-year

fixed rate senior notes under the Parent Company SEC shelf registration, and an increase in direct finance leases of $489 million during the six months ended June 30, 2018. Partially offsetting these increases was $314 million of subordinated note maturities during the first six months of 2018.

In the third quarter of 2018, the Bank issued $500 million of 4-year and $500 million of 6-year fixed-to-floating rate senior notes as well as $300 million of 4-year floating rate senior notes under our Global Bank Note program. The 4-year and 6-year fixed-to-floating rate notes pay a fixed annual coupon rate of 3.502% and 3.689% until August 2, 2021 and August 2, 2023, respectively, and pay a floating coupon rate thereafter of 3-month LIBOR plus 58.5 basis points and 3-month LIBOR plus 73.5 basis points, respectively. The 4-year floating rate notes pay a coupon rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 59 basis points. We may call the 4-year fixed-to-floating rate notes and the 4-year floating rate notes beginning on August 2, 2021, and we may call the 6-year fixed-to-floating rate notes either (i) on August 2, 2023, or (ii) on or after 180 days from July 26, 2018 and prior to August 2, 2023 under a "make-whole" provision. The 4-year and 6-year fixed-to-floating rate notes mature on August 2, 2022 and August 2, 2024, respectively, and the 4-year floating rate notes mature on August 2, 2022. These issuances allowed us to supplement our funding sources at a favorable borrowing rate and pay down maturing borrowings.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

Regulatory Capital

Our primary federal regulator, the Federal Reserve, measures capital adequacy within a framework that sets capital requirements relative to the risk profiles of individual banks. The framework assigns risk weights to assets and off-balance sheet risk exposures according to predefined classifications, creating a base from which to compare capital levels. We measure capital adequacy using the standardized approach to the FRB's Basel III Final Rule. Basel III capital categories are discussed below.

CET1 is limited to common equity and related surplus (net of treasury stock), retained earnings, AOCI, and common equity minority interest, subject to limitations. Certain regulatory adjustments and exclusions are made to CET1, including removal of goodwill, other intangible assets, certain DTAs, and certain defined benefit pension fund net assets. Further, banks employing the standardized approach to Basel III were granted a one-time permanent election to exclude AOCI from the calculation of regulatory capital. We elected to exclude AOCI from the calculation of our CET1.

Tier 1 capital includes CET1, qualified preferred equity instruments, qualifying minority interest not included in CET1, subject to limitations, and certain other regulatory deductions. Tier 2 capital includes qualifying portions of subordinated debt, trust preferred securities and minority interest not included in Tier 1 capital, ALLL up to a maximum of 1.25% of RWA, and a limited percentage of unrealized gains on equity securities. Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital.

To be considered "adequately capitalized," we are subject to minimum CET1, Tier 1 capital, and Total capital ratios of 4.5%, 6%, and 8%, respectively, plus, in 2018, 2017, and 2016, CCB amounts of 1.875%, 1.25%, and 0.625%, respectively, are

required to be maintained above the minimum capital ratios. The CCB will be fully phased-in at 2.5% above the minimum capital ratios on January 1, 2019. The CCB places restrictions on the amount of retained earnings that may be used for capital distributions or discretionary bonus payments as risk-based capital ratios approach their respective “adequately capitalized” minimum capital ratios plus the CCB. To be considered “well-capitalized,” Tier 1 and Total capital ratios of 6% and 10%, respectively, are required.

In April 2018, the Federal Reserve issued an NPR that included proposed modifications to minimum regulatory capital requirements as well as proposed changes to assumptions used in the stress testing process. The modifications would replace the 2.5% CCB with a Stress Capital Buffer ("SCB"). The SCB is the greater of the difference between the actual CET1 ratio and the minimum forecasted CET1 ratio under a severely adverse scenario, plus four quarters of planned common stock dividends, or 2.5%, based on modeling and projections performed by the Federal Reserve. The SCB would be calculated based on the 2019 CCAR process and be incorporated into minimum capital requirements effective as of the fourth quarter of 2019.

We are also subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio requirement, which measures Tier 1 capital against average total assets less certain deductions, as calculated in accordance with regulatory guidelines. The minimum leverage ratio threshold is 4% and is not subject to the CCB.

A transition period previously applied to certain capital elements and risk weighted assets, where phase-in percentages were applicable in the calculations of capital and RWA. One of the more significant transitions required by the Basel III Final Rule relates to the risk weighting applied to MSRs, which impacted the CET1 ratio during the transition period when compared to the CET1 ratio calculated on a fully phased-in basis. Specifically, the fully phased-in risk weight of MSRs would have been 250%, while the risk weight to be applied during the transition period was 100%.

In the third quarter of 2017, the OCC, FRB, and FDIC issued two NPRs in an effort to simplify certain aspects of the capital rules, a Transitions NPR and a Simplifications NPR. The Transitions NPR proposed to extend certain transition provisions in the capital rules for banks with less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets. The Transitions NPR was finalized in November 2017, resulting in the MSR risk weight of 100% being extended indefinitely. The rule became effective on January 1, 2018. The Simplifications NPR would simplify the capital treatment for certain acquisition, development, and construction loans, mortgage servicing assets, certain deferred tax assets, investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated

financial institutions, and minority interest. We are continuing to evaluate these items, however, we do not anticipate them to have a significant impact on our capital ratios.

In May 2018, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act ("the Act") was signed into law, which provides certain limited amendments to the Dodd-Frank Act as well as certain targeted modifications to other post-financial crisis regulatory requirements. While certain of the Act's provisions could impact our capital planning and strategy execution, the extent of the impact is yet to be determined given that federal banking regulators have not yet conformed current regulations to the provisions of the Act.

Table 10 presents the Company's Basel III regulatory capital metrics:



Regulatory Capital Metrics ¹				Table 10
(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018			December 31, 2017
Regulatory capital:
CET1		$17,590			$17,141
Tier 1 capital	19,637			19,622
Total capital	22,924			23,028
Assets:
RWA		$180,877			$175,950
Average total assets for leverage ratio	199,962			200,141
Risk-based ratios²:
CET1	9.72		%	9.74		%
Tier 1 capital	10.86			11.15
Total capital	12.67			13.09
Leverage	9.82			9.80
Total shareholders’ equity to assets	11.72			12.21

¹ We calculated these measures based on the methodology specified by our primary regulator, which may differ from the calculations used by other financial services companies that present similar metrics.

²Basel III capital ratios are calculated under the standardized approach using regulatory capital methodology applicable to us for each period presented, including the phase-in of transition provisions.

Our CET1 ratio decreased slightly compared to December 31, 2017, driven primarily by growth in risk weighted assets, offset partially by an increase in retained earnings. The Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios declined compared to December 31, 2017, due to the impact of our Series E Preferred Stock redemption in March 2018, detailed in the "Capital Actions" section below. At June 30, 2018, our capital ratios were well above current regulatory requirements. See Note 13, "Capital," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our regulatory capital adequacy requirements and metrics.

Capital Actions

We declared and paid common dividends of $374 million, or $0.80 per common share, for the six months ended June 30, 2018, compared to $253 million, or $0.52 per common share, for the six months ended June 30, 2017. Additionally, we declared dividends on our preferred stock of $55 million and $39 million during the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Various regulations administered by federal and state bank regulatory authorities restrict the Bank's ability to distribute its retained earnings. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Bank's capacity to pay cash dividends to the Parent Company under these regulations totaled approximately $1.9 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively.

During the second quarter of 2018, we repurchased $330 million of our outstanding common stock, which completed our $1.32 billion of authorized common equity repurchases approved by the Board in conjunction with the 2017 capital plan.

In June 2018, we announced capital plans in response to the Federal Reserve's review of and non-objection to our 2018 capital plan submitted in conjunction with the 2018 CCAR. Our 2018 capital plan includes increases in our share repurchase program and quarterly common stock dividend, while maintaining our level of preferred stock dividends. Specifically, the 2018 capital plan authorized the repurchase of up to $2.0 billion of our outstanding common stock to be completed between the third quarter of 2018 and the second quarter of 2019, as well as a 25% increase in our quarterly common stock dividend from $0.40 per share to $0.50 per share, beginning in the third quarter of 2018, subject to Board approval.

In the first quarter of 2018, we used net proceeds from our November 2017 Series H Preferred Stock issuance to redeem all 4,500 shares of our outstanding higher cost Series E Preferred Stock. Our capital plan contemplates a preferred stock issuance, the timing of which will depend upon asset growth and our views on the interest rate environment.

See Item 5 and Note 13, "Capital," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as Part II, Item 2 in this Form 10-Q for additional information regarding our capital actions.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

There have been no significant changes to our Critical Accounting Policies as described in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT

Except as noted below, there have been no other significant changes in our Enterprise Risk Management practices as described in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In the second quarter of 2018, we established two additional executive committees:


•	The Strategic Initiative Review Committee ("SIRC") was formed to further support executive level review of strategic initiatives, critical programs, and strategic investments. The SIRC is co-chaired by the Chief Risk Officer and Chief Information Officer and is responsible for identifying

constraints to business accelerations, challenging assumptions or execution strategies, and validating alignment with our purpose, risk appetite, and strategic direction.


•	The Technology Management Committee ("TMC") was formed to provide the Executive Council, comprised of the CEO and his direct reports, with a forum to discuss, debate, and challenge technology strategies and investments to ensure alignment of technology strategy execution across the Executive Council. The TMC is also co-chaired by the Chief Risk Officer and Chief Information Officer.

Credit Risk Management

There have been no significant changes in our Credit Risk Management practices as described in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Operational Risk Management

There have been no significant changes in our Operational Risk Management practices as described in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Market Risk Management

Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices, and other relevant market rates or prices. Interest rate risk, defined as the exposure of net interest income and MVE to changes in interest rates, is our primary market risk and mainly arises from changes in the structure and composition of our balance sheet. Variable rate loans, prior to any hedging related actions, were approximately 57% of total loans at June 30, 2018, and after giving consideration to hedging related actions, were approximately 49% of total loans. Approximately 5% of our variable rate loans at June 30, 2018 had coupon rates that were equal to a contractually specified interest rate floor. In addition to balance sheet related interest rate risk, we are also exposed to market risk in our trading portfolios and other financial instruments measured at fair value. Our ALCO meets regularly and is responsible for reviewing our ALM and liquidity risk position in conformance with the established policies and limits designed to measure, monitor, and control market risk.

Market Risk from Non-Trading Activities

The primary goal of interest rate risk management is to control exposure to interest rate risk within policy limits approved by the Board. These limits reflect our appetite for interest rate risk over both short-term and long-term horizons. No limit breaches occurred during the six months ended June 30, 2018.

The major sources of our non-trading interest rate risk are timing differences in the maturity and repricing characteristics of assets and liabilities, changes in the absolute level and shape of the yield curve, as well as the embedded optionality in our products and related customer behavior. We measure these risks and their impact by identifying and quantifying exposures through the use of sophisticated simulation and valuation models, which, as described in additional detail below, are employed by management to understand net interest income sensitivity and MVE sensitivity. These measures show that our

interest rate risk profile is modestly asset sensitive at June 30, 2018.

MVE and net interest income sensitivity are complementary interest rate risk metrics and should be viewed together. Net interest income sensitivity captures asset and liability repricing differences over one year and is considered a shorter term measure. MVE sensitivity captures the change in the discounted net present value of all on- and off-balance sheet items and is considered a longer term measure.

Positive net interest income sensitivity in a rising rate environment indicates that over the forecast horizon of one year, asset based interest income will increase more quickly than liability based interest expense. A negative MVE sensitivity in a rising rate environment indicates that the value of financial assets will decrease more than the value of financial liabilities.

One of the primary methods that we use to quantify and manage interest rate risk is simulation analysis, which we use to model net interest income from assets, liabilities, and derivative positions under various interest rate scenarios and balance sheet structures. We measure the sensitivity of net interest income over a one-year time horizon, as reflected in Table 11, as well as for multi-year time horizons. Key assumptions in this form of simulation analysis (and in the valuation analysis discussed below) relate to the behavior of interest rates and spreads, the changes in product balances, and the behavior of loan and deposit clients in different rate environments. This analysis incorporates various assumptions, the most significant of which relate to the repricing and behavioral fluctuations of deposits with indeterminate or non-contractual maturities.

As the future path of interest rates is not known, we use a simulation analysis to project net interest income under various and potentially extreme scenarios. These scenarios may include rapid and gradual ramping of interest rates, rate shocks, basis risk analysis, and yield curve twists. Specific strategies are also analyzed to determine their impact on net interest income levels and sensitivities.

The sensitivity analysis presented in Table 11 is measured as a percentage change in net interest income due to instantaneous moves in benchmark interest rates. Estimated changes below are dependent upon material assumptions such as those previously discussed.



Net Interest Income Asset Sensitivity		Table 11

	Estimated % Change in Net Interest Income Over 12 Months ¹
	June 30, 2018	December 31, 2017
Rate Change
+200 bps	2.8%	2.4%
+100 bps	1.5%	1.4%
-50 bps	(1.0)%	(1.0)%

¹Estimated % change of net interest income is reflected on a non-FTE basis.

Net interest income asset sensitivity at June 30, 2018 increased compared to December 31, 2017, driven primarily by changes in the composition of our balance sheet and a reduction in the notional balance of receive-fixed, pay-variable commercial loan hedges. See additional discussion related to net interest income in the "Net Interest Income/Margin" section of this MD&A.

We also perform valuation analyses, which we use for discerning levels of risk present in the balance sheet and derivative positions that might not be taken into account in the net interest income simulation horizon. Whereas a net interest income simulation highlights exposures over a relatively short time horizon, our valuation analysis incorporates all cash flows over the estimated remaining life of all balance sheet and derivative positions.

The valuation of the balance sheet, at a point in time, is defined as the discounted present value of asset and derivative cash flows minus the discounted present value of liability cash flows, the net of which is referred to as MVE. The sensitivity of MVE to changes in the level of interest rates is a measure of the longer-term repricing risk and embedded optionality in the balance sheet. Similar to the net interest income simulation, MVE uses instantaneous changes in rates. However, MVE values only the current balance sheet and does not incorporate originations of new/replacement business or balance sheet growth that may be used in the net interest income simulation model. As with the net interest income simulation model, assumptions about the timing and variability of balance sheet cash flows are critical in the MVE analysis. Significant MVE assumptions include those that drive prepayment speeds, expected changes in balances, and pricing of the indeterminate deposit portfolios.

At June 30, 2018, the MVE profile in Table 12 indicates a decline in net balance sheet value due to instantaneous upward changes in rates. This MVE sensitivity is reported for both upward and downward rate shocks.



Market Value of Equity Sensitivity		Table 12

	Estimated % Change in MVE
	June 30, 2018	December 31, 2017
Rate Change
+200 bps	(7.1)%	(7.6)%
+100 bps	(3.2)%	(3.3)%
-50 bps	1.1%	0.8%

The changes in MVE sensitivity at June 30, 2018 compared to December 31, 2017 were due to changes in the composition of our balance sheet as well as changes in market interest rates. While an instantaneous and severe shift in interest rates was used in this analysis to provide an estimate of exposure under these rate scenarios, we believe that a gradual shift in interest rates would have a much more modest impact.

Since MVE measures the discounted present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in MVE does not directly correlate to the degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon (i.e., the current year). Furthermore, MVE does not take into account factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships, and changing product spreads that could mitigate the impact of changes in interest rates. The net interest income simulation and valuation analyses do not include actions that management may undertake to manage this risk in response to anticipated changes in interest rates.

Market Risk from Trading Activities

We manage market risk associated with trading activities using a comprehensive risk management approach, which includes VAR metrics, stress testing, and sensitivity analyses. Risk metrics are measured and monitored on a daily basis at both the trading desk and at the aggregate portfolio level to ensure exposures are in line with our risk appetite. Our risk measurement for covered positions subject to the Market Risk Rule takes into account trading exposures resulting from interest rate risk, equity risk, foreign exchange rate risk, credit spread risk, and commodity price risk.

For trading portfolios, VAR measures the estimated maximum loss from one or more trading positions, given a specified confidence level and time horizon. VAR results are monitored daily against established limits. For risk management purposes, our VAR calculation is based on a historical simulation and measures the potential trading losses using a one-day holding period at a one-tail, 99% confidence level. This means that, on average, trading losses could exceed VAR one out of 100 trading days or two to three times per year. Due to inherent limitations of the VAR methodology, such as the assumption that past market behavior is indicative of future market performance, VAR is only one of several tools used to manage market risk. Other tools used to actively manage market risk include scenario analysis, stress testing, profit and loss attribution, and stop loss limits.

In addition to VAR, as required by the Market Risk Rule issued by the U.S. banking regulators, we calculate Stressed VAR, which is used as a component of the total market risk capital charge. We calculate the Stressed VAR risk measure using a ten-day holding period at a one-tail, 99% confidence level and employ a historical simulation approach based on a continuous twelve-month historical window selected to reflect a period of significant financial stress for our trading portfolio. The historical period used in the selection of the stress window encompasses all recent financial crises. Our Stressed VAR calculation uses the same methodology and models as VAR, which is a requirement under the Market Risk Rule. Table 13 presents VAR and Stressed VAR for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, as well as VAR by Risk Factor at June 30, 2018 and 2017.



Value at Risk Profile					Table 13

	Three Months Ended June 30				Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)	2018		2017		2018		2017
VAR (1-day holding period):
Period end		$2		$2		$2		$2
High	3		2		3		3
Low	2		2		1		2
Average	2		2		2		2
Stressed VAR (10-day holding period):
Period end		$89		$64		$89		$64
High	103		84		103		84
Low	58		32		25		22
Average	76		60		63		47
VAR by Risk Factor at period end (1-day holding period):
Equity risk						$2		$1
Interest rate risk					2		1
Credit spread risk					3		3
VAR total at period end (1-day diversified)					2		2

The trading portfolio, measured in terms of VAR, is predominantly comprised of four sub-portfolios of covered positions: (i) credit trading, (ii) fixed income securities, (iii) interest rate derivatives, and (iv) equity derivatives. The trading portfolio also contains other sub-portfolios, including foreign exchange rate and commodity derivatives; however, these trading risk exposures are not material. Our covered positions result primarily from underwriting and market making services for our clients, as well as associated risk mitigating hedging activity. The trading portfolio's VAR profile, presented in Table 13, is influenced by a variety of factors, including the size and composition of the portfolio, market volatility, and the correlation between different positions. Notwithstanding quarterly variation in the VAR associated with individual risk factors, average daily VAR as well as period end VAR for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 remained largely unchanged compared to the same periods in 2017. Average Stressed VAR as well as period end Stressed VAR increased for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 compared to the same periods in 2017. These increases in Stressed VAR were driven by higher balance sheet usage and a shift in the composition of our credit trading portfolio, as well as higher stressed exposures associated with our equity derivatives portfolio. The trading portfolio of covered positions did not contain any correlation trading positions or on- or off-balance sheet securitization positions during the six months ended June 30, 2018 or 2017.

In accordance with the Market Risk Rule, we evaluate the accuracy of our VAR model through daily backtesting by comparing aggregate daily trading gains and losses (excluding fees, commissions, reserves, net interest income, and intraday trading) from covered positions with the corresponding daily VAR-based measures generated by the model. As illustrated in the following graph for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, there were no firmwide VAR backtesting exceptions during this period. The total number of VAR backtesting exceptions over the preceding twelve months is used to determine the multiplication factor for the VAR-based capital requirement under the Market Risk Rule. The capital multiplication factor increases from a minimum of three to a maximum of four, depending on the number of exceptions. There was no change in the capital multiplication factor over the preceding twelve months.

We have valuation policies, procedures, and methodologies for all covered positions. Additionally, trading positions are reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP and are subject to independent price verification. See Note 15, "Derivative Financial Instruments," and Note 16, "Fair Value Election and Measurement," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q, as well as the "Critical Accounting Policies" MD&A section of our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for discussion of valuation policies, procedures, and methodologies.

Model risk management: Our approach regarding the validation and evaluation of the accuracy of our internal models, external models, and associated processes, includes developmental and implementation testing as well as ongoing monitoring and maintenance performed by the various model developers, in conjunction with model owners. Our MRMG is responsible for the independent model validation of all trading risk models. The validation typically includes evaluation of all model documentation as well as model monitoring and maintenance plans. We regularly review the performance of all trading risk models through our model monitoring and maintenance process to preemptively address emerging developments in financial markets, assess evolving modeling approaches, and to identify potential model enhancement.

Stress testing: We use a comprehensive range of stress testing techniques to help monitor risks across trading desks and to augment standard daily VAR and other risk limits reporting. The stress testing framework is designed to quantify the impact of extreme, but plausible, stress scenarios that could lead to large unexpected losses. Our stress tests include historical repeats and simulations using hypothetical risk factor shocks. All trading

positions within each applicable market risk category (interest rate risk, equity risk, foreign exchange rate risk, credit spread risk, and commodity price risk) are included in our comprehensive stress testing framework. We review stress testing scenarios on an ongoing basis and make updates as necessary to ensure that both current and emerging risks are captured appropriately.

Trading portfolio capital adequacy: We assess capital adequacy on a regular basis, which is based on estimates of our risk profile and capital positions under baseline and stressed scenarios. Scenarios consider significant risks, including credit risk, market risk, and operational risk. Our assessment of capital adequacy arising from market risk includes a review of risk arising from material portfolios of covered positions. See the “Capital Resources” section in this MD&A for additional discussion of capital adequacy.

Liquidity Risk Management

Liquidity risk is the risk of being unable, at a reasonable cost, to meet financial obligations as they come due. We manage liquidity risk consistent with our ER management practices in order to mitigate our three primary liquidity risks: (i) structural liquidity risk, (ii) market liquidity risk, and (iii) contingency liquidity risk. Structural liquidity risk arises from our maturity transformation activities and balance sheet structure, which may create differences in the timing of cash inflows and outflows. Market liquidity risk, which we also describe as refinancing or refunding risk, constitutes the risk that we could lose access to the financial markets or the cost of such access may rise to undesirable levels. Contingency liquidity risk arises from rare

and severely adverse liquidity events; these events may be idiosyncratic or systemic, or a combination thereof.

We mitigate these risks utilizing a variety of tested liquidity management techniques in keeping with regulatory guidance and industry best practices. For example, we mitigate structural liquidity risk by structuring our balance sheet prudently so that we fund less liquid assets, such as loans, with stable funding sources, such as consumer and commercial deposits, long-term debt, and capital. We mitigate market liquidity risk by maintaining diverse borrowing resources to fund projected cash needs and structuring our liabilities to avoid maturity concentrations. We test contingency liquidity risk from a range of potential adverse circumstances in our contingency funding scenarios. These scenarios inform the amount of contingency liquidity sources we maintain as a liquidity buffer to ensure we can meet our obligations in a timely manner under adverse contingency liquidity events.

Governance. We maintain a comprehensive liquidity risk governance structure in keeping with regulatory guidance and industry best practices. Our Board, through the BRC, oversees liquidity risk management and establishes our liquidity risk appetite via a set of cascading risk limits. The BRC reviews and approves risk policies to establish these limits and regularly reviews reports prepared by senior management to monitor compliance with these policies. The Board charges the CEO with determining corporate strategies in accordance with its risk appetite and the CEO is a member of our ALCO, which is the executive level committee with oversight of liquidity risk management. The ALCO regularly monitors our liquidity and compliance with liquidity risk limits, and also reviews and approves liquidity management strategies and tactics.

Management and Reporting Framework. Corporate Treasury, under the oversight of the ALCO, is responsible for managing consolidated liquidity risks we encounter in the course of our business. In so doing, Corporate Treasury develops and implements short-term and long-term liquidity management strategies, funding plans, and liquidity stress tests, and also monitors early warning indicators; all of which assist in identifying, measuring, monitoring, reporting, and managing our liquidity risks. Corporate Treasury primarily monitors and manages liquidity risk at the Parent Company and Bank levels as the non-bank subsidiaries are relatively small and ultimately rely upon the Parent Company as a source of liquidity in adverse environments. However, Corporate Treasury also monitors liquidity developments of, and maintains a regular dialogue with, our other legal entities.

MRM conducts independent oversight and governance of liquidity risk management activities. For example, MRM works with Corporate Treasury to ensure our liquidity risk management practices conform to applicable laws and regulations and evaluates key assumptions incorporated in our contingency funding scenarios.

Further, the internal audit function performs the risk assurance role for liquidity risk management. Internal audit conducts an independent assessment of the adequacy of internal controls, including procedural documentation, approval processes, reconciliations, and other mechanisms employed by liquidity risk management and MRM to ensure that liquidity risk

is consistent with applicable policies, procedures, laws, and regulations.

LCR requirements under Regulation WW require large U.S. banking organizations to hold unencumbered high-quality liquid assets sufficient to withstand projected 30-day total net cash outflows, each as defined under the LCR rule. At June 30, 2018, our LCR calculated pursuant to the rule was above the 100% minimum regulatory requirement.

On December 19, 2016, the FRB published a final rule implementing public disclosure requirements for BHCs subject to the LCR that will require them to publicly disclose quantitative and qualitative information regarding their respective LCR calculations on a quarterly basis. We will be required to begin disclosing elements under this final rule for quarterly periods ending after October 1, 2018.

On May 3, 2016, the FRB, OCC, and the FDIC issued a joint proposed rule to implement the NSFR. The proposal would require large U.S. banking organizations to maintain a stable funding profile over a one-year horizon. The FRB proposed a modified NSFR requirement for BHCs with greater than $50 billion but less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets, and less than $10 billion in total on balance sheet foreign exposure. The proposed NSFR requirement seeks to (i) reduce vulnerability to liquidity risk in financial institution funding structures and (ii) promote improved standardization in the measurement, management and disclosure of liquidity risk. The proposed rule contains an implementation date of January 1, 2018; however, a final rule has not yet been issued.

Uses of Funds. Our primary uses of funds include the extension of loans and credit, the purchase of investment securities, working capital, and debt and capital service. The Bank borrows from the money markets using instruments such as Fed Funds, Eurodollars, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. At June 30, 2018, the Bank retained a material cash position in its Federal Reserve account. The Parent Company also retained a material cash position in its account with the Bank in accordance with our policies and risk limits, discussed in greater detail below.

Sources of Funds. Our primary source of funds is a large, stable deposit base. Core deposits, predominantly made up of consumer and commercial deposits originated primarily from our retail branch network and Wholesale client base, are our largest and most cost-effective source of funding. Total deposits increased to $161.4 billion at June 30, 2018, from $160.8 billion at December 31, 2017.

We also maintain access to diversified sources for both secured and unsecured wholesale funding. These uncommitted sources include Fed Funds purchased from other banks, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, FHLB advances, and Global Bank Notes. Aggregate borrowings increased to $17.3 billion at June 30, 2018, from $14.6 billion at December 31, 2017.

As mentioned above, the Bank and Parent Company maintain programs to access the debt capital markets. The Parent Company maintains an SEC shelf registration from which it may issue senior or subordinated notes and various capital securities, such as common or preferred stock. Our Board has authorized the issuance of up to $5.0 billion of such securities under the

SEC shelf registration, of which $861 million and $1.7 billion of issuance capacity remained available at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The reduction in our SEC shelf registration issuance capacity was driven by the Parent Company's issuance of $850 million of 7-year fixed rate senior notes in April 2018.

The Bank maintains a Global Bank Note program under which it may issue senior or subordinated debt with various terms. In the first quarter of 2018, we issued $500 million of 5-year fixed rate senior notes and $750 million of 3-year fixed-to floating rate senior notes under this program. At June 30, 2018, the Bank retained $34.2 billion of remaining capacity to issue notes under the Global Bank Note program. See the “Recent Developments” section below for a description of issuances subsequent to June 30, 2018 under this program.

Our issuance capacity under these Bank and Parent Company programs refers to authorization granted by our Board, which is a formal program capacity and not a commitment to purchase by any investor. Debt and equity securities issued under these programs are designed to appeal primarily to domestic and international institutional investors. Institutional investor demand for these securities depends upon numerous factors, including, but not limited to, our credit ratings, investor perception of financial market conditions, and the health of the banking sector. Therefore, our ability to access these markets in the future could be impaired for either idiosyncratic or systemic reasons.

We assess liquidity needs that may occur in both the normal course of business and during times of unusual, adverse events, considering both on and off-balance sheet arrangements and commitments that may impact liquidity in certain business environments. We have contingency funding scenarios and plans that assess liquidity needs that may arise from certain stress events such as severe economic recessions, financial market disruptions, and credit rating downgrades. In particular, a ratings downgrade could adversely impact the cost and availability of some of our liquid funding sources. Factors that affect our credit ratings include, but are not limited to, the credit risk profile of our assets, the adequacy of our ALLL, the level and stability of our earnings, the liquidity profile of both the Bank and the Parent Company, the economic environment, and the adequacy of our capital base.

As illustrated in Table 14, at June 30, 2018, S&P has assigned a “Positive” outlook on our credit rating, while both Moody’s

and Fitch maintained “Stable” outlooks. Future credit rating downgrades are possible, although not currently anticipated given these “Positive” and “Stable” credit rating outlooks.



Credit Ratings and Outlook			Table 14
	June 30, 2018
	Moody’s	S&P		Fitch
SunTrust Banks, Inc.:
Senior debt	Baa1	BBB+		A-
Preferred stock	Baa3	BB+		BB

SunTrust Bank:
Long-term deposits	A1	A-		A
Short-term deposits	P-1	A-2		F1
Senior debt	Baal	A-		A-
Outlook	Stable	Positive		Stable

Our investment securities portfolio is a use of funds that is managed primarily as a store of liquidity, maintaining the majority of securities in liquid and high-grade asset classes, such as agency MBS, agency debt, and U.S. Treasury securities; nearly all of these securities qualify as high-quality liquid assets under the U.S. LCR Final Rule. At June 30, 2018, our securities AFS portfolio contained $27.5 billion of unencumbered high-quality, liquid securities at market value.

As mentioned above, we evaluate contingency funding scenarios to anticipate and manage the likely impact of impaired capital markets access and other adverse liquidity circumstances. Our contingency plans also provide for continuous monitoring of net borrowed funds dependence and available sources of contingency liquidity. These contingency liquidity sources include available cash reserves, the ability to sell, pledge, or borrow against unencumbered securities in our investment portfolio, the capacity to borrow from the FHLB system or the Federal Reserve discount window, and the ability to sell or securitize certain loan portfolios. Table 15 presents period end and average balances of our contingency liquidity sources for the second quarters of 2018 and 2017. These sources exceed our contingency liquidity needs as measured in our contingency funding scenarios.



Contingency Liquidity Sources							Table 15

	As of				Average for the Three Months Ended ¹
(Dollars in billions)	June 30, 2018		June 30, 2017		June 30, 2018		June 30, 2017
Excess reserves		$3.4		$4.8		$2.1		$2.7
Free and liquid investment portfolio securities	27.5		27.4		27.8		27.6
Unused FHLB borrowing capacity	25.3		19.8		24.6		21.2
Unused discount window borrowing capacity	18.7		17.7		18.2		17.6
Total		$74.9		$69.7		$72.7		$69.1

¹Average based upon month-end data, except excess reserves, which is based upon a daily average.

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Stock. We previously acquired capital stock in the FHLB of Atlanta as a precondition for becoming a member of that institution. As a

member, we are able to take advantage of competitively priced advances as a wholesale funding source and to access grants and low-cost loans for affordable housing and community

development projects, among other benefits. At June 30, 2018, we held $90 million of capital stock in the FHLB of Atlanta, an increase of $75 million compared to December 31, 2017 due to an increase in short-term FHLB advances over the same period. For each of the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, we recognized an immaterial amount of dividends related to FHLB capital stock.

Similarly, to remain a member of the Federal Reserve System, we are required to hold a certain amount of capital stock, determined as either a percentage of the Bank’s capital or as a percentage of total deposit liabilities. At both June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we held $403 million of Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta stock. For both the three months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, we recognized an immaterial amount of dividends related to Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta stock. For the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, we recognized dividends related to Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta stock of $6 million and $4 million, respectively.

Parent Company Liquidity. Our primary measure of Parent Company liquidity is the length of time the Parent Company can meet its existing and forecasted obligations using its cash resources. We measure and manage this metric using forecasts from both normal and adverse conditions. Under adverse conditions, we measure how long the Parent Company can meet its capital and debt service obligations after experiencing material attrition of short-term unsecured funding and without the support of dividends from the Bank or access to the capital markets. Our ALCO and the Board have established risk limits against these metrics to manage the Parent Company’s liquidity by structuring its net maturity schedule to minimize the amount of debt maturing within a short period of time. A majority of the Parent Company’s liabilities are long-term in nature, coming from the proceeds of issuances of our capital securities and long-term senior and subordinated notes. See the “Borrowings” section of this MD&A, as well as Note 11, “Borrowings and Contractual Commitments,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding our debt.

We manage the Parent Company to maintain most of its liquid assets in cash and securities that it can quickly convert into cash. Unlike the Bank, it is not typical for the Parent Company to maintain a material investment portfolio of publicly traded securities. We manage the Parent Company cash balance to provide sufficient liquidity to fund all forecasted obligations (primarily debt and capital service) for an extended period of months in accordance with our risk limits.

The primary uses of Parent Company liquidity include debt service, dividends on capital instruments, the periodic purchase of investment securities, loans to our subsidiaries, and common

share repurchases. See further details of the authorized common share repurchases in the “Capital Resources” section of this MD&A and in Part II, Item 2, “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds” in this Form 10-Q. We fund corporate dividends with Parent Company cash, the primary sources of which are dividends from our banking subsidiary and proceeds from the issuance of debt and capital securities. We are subject to both state and federal banking regulations that limit our ability to pay common stock dividends in certain circumstances.

Recent Developments. In the third quarter of 2018, the Bank issued $500 million of 4-year and $500 million of 6-year fixed-to-floating rate senior notes as well as $300 million of 4-year floating rate senior notes under our Global Bank Note program. The 4-year and 6-year fixed-to-floating rate notes pay a fixed annual coupon rate of 3.502% and 3.689% until August 2, 2021 and August 2, 2023, respectively, and pay a floating coupon rate thereafter of 3-month LIBOR plus 58.5 basis points and 3-month LIBOR plus 73.5 basis points, respectively. The 4-year floating rate notes pay a coupon rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 59 basis points. We may call the 4-year fixed-to-floating rate notes and the 4-year floating rate notes beginning on August 2, 2021, and we may call the 6-year fixed-to-floating rate notes either (i) on August 2, 2023, or (ii) on or after 180 days from July 26, 2018 and prior to August 2, 2023 under a "make-whole" provision. The 4-year and 6-year fixed-to-floating rate notes mature on August 2, 2022 and August 2, 2024, respectively, and the 4-year floating rate notes mature on August 2, 2022. These issuances allowed us to supplement our funding sources at a favorable borrowing rate and pay down maturing borrowings.

Other Liquidity Considerations. As presented in Table 16, we had an aggregate potential obligation of $90.6 billion to our clients in unused lines of credit at June 30, 2018. Commitments to extend credit are arrangements to lend to clients who have complied with predetermined contractual obligations. We also had $2.9 billion in letters of credit outstanding at June 30, 2018, most of which are standby letters of credit, which require that we provide funding if certain future events occur. Approximately $199 million of these letters were available to support variable rate demand obligations at June 30, 2018. Unused commercial lines of credit increased since December 31, 2017, driven by increased production during the six months ended June 30, 2018. Residential mortgage commitments also increased since December 31, 2017, driven by the increase in IRLC volume outpacing the increase in closed loan volume during the six months ended June 30, 2018. Additionally, unused CRE lines of credit decreased since December 31, 2017, driven primarily by payoff-related line closures and lower originations.



Unfunded Lending Commitments							Table 16
	As of				Average for the Three Months Ended
(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2018		December 31, 2017		June 30, 2018		June 30, 2017
Unused lines of credit:
Commercial		$62,057		$59,625		$61,938		$56,963
Residential mortgage commitments ¹	3,842		3,036		3,610		4,524
Home equity lines	10,130		10,086		10,151		10,278
CRE ²	3,992		4,139		3,940		4,309
Credit card	10,603		10,533		10,593		10,160
Total unused lines of credit		$90,624		$87,419		$90,232		$86,234

Letters of credit:
Financial standby		$2,784		$2,453		$2,605		$2,647
Performance standby	100		125		110		127
Commercial	30		14		23		10
Total letters of credit		$2,914		$2,592		$2,738		$2,784

¹Includes residential mortgage IRLCs with notional balances of $1.8 billion and $1.7 billion at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

²Includes commercial mortgage IRLCs and other commitments with notional balances of $247 million and $240 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

Other Market Risk

Except as discussed below, there have been no other significant changes to other market risk as described in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We measure our residential MSRs at fair value on a recurring basis and hedge the risk associated with changes in fair value. Residential MSRs totaled $2.0 billion and $1.7 billion at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, and are managed and monitored as part of a comprehensive risk governance process, which includes established risk limits.

We originated residential MSRs with fair values at the time of origination of $74 million and $149 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 and $65 million and $162 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively. Additionally, we purchased residential MSRs with a fair value of approximately $75 million during the six months ended June 30, 2018. No residential MSRs were purchased during the three months ended June 30, 2018 or the three and six months ended June 30, 2017.

We recognized a mark-to-market decrease in the fair value of our residential MSRs of $30 million and an increase of $26 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 and decreases of $101 million and $125 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively. Changes in fair value include the decay resulting from the realization of monthly net servicing cash flows. We recognized net losses related to residential MSRs, inclusive of fair value changes and related hedges, of $67 million and $120 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 and $56 million and $99 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively. Compared to the prior year periods, the increase in net losses related to residential MSRs was primarily driven by higher decay combined with lower net hedge performance in the current periods. Higher decay was driven by an increase in residential MSR asset value as well as an increase in the size of the servicing portfolio, offset partially by a decrease in payoffs. All other

servicing rights, which include commercial mortgage and consumer indirect loan servicing rights, are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis, and therefore, are not subject to the same market risks associated with residential MSRs.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

In the ordinary course of business we engage in certain activities that are not reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, generally referred to as "off-balance sheet arrangements." These activities involve transactions with unconsolidated VIEs as well as other arrangements, such as commitments and guarantees, to meet the financing needs of our clients and to support ongoing operations. Additional information regarding these types of activities is included in the "Liquidity Risk Management" section of this MD&A, Note 10, "Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," and Note 14, "Guarantees," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q, as well as in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Contractual Obligations

In the normal course of business, we enter into certain contractual obligations, including obligations to make future payments on our borrowings, partnership investments, and lease arrangements, as well as commitments to lend to clients and to fund capital expenditures and service contracts.

Except for changes in unfunded lending commitments (presented in Table 16 within the "Liquidity Risk Management" section of this MD&A), borrowings (presented in the "Borrowings" section of this MD&A), and pension and other postretirement benefit plans (disclosed in Note 13, "Employee Benefit Plans," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q), there have been no material changes in our contractual obligations from those disclosed in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

100

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

See Note 18, "Business Segment Reporting," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for a description of our business segments, basis of presentation, internal management

reporting methodologies, and additional information. Table 17 presents net income for our reportable business segments:



Net Income by Business Segment										Table 17

	Three Months Ended June 30						Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)	2018			2017 ^{1, 2}			2018			2017 ^{1, 2}
Consumer		$394			$244			$706			$436
Wholesale	378			301			740			569

Corporate Other	(5		)	21			4			79
Reconciling Items ³	(45		)	(38		)	(85		)	(89		)
Total Corporate Other	(50		)	(17		)	(81		)	(10		)
Consolidated Net Income		$722			$528			$1,365			$995


¹	During the second quarter of 2018, certain business banking clients were transferred from the Wholesale business segment to the Consumer business segment. For all periods prior to the second quarter of 2018, the corresponding financial results have been transferred to the Consumer business segment for comparability purposes.


²	During the fourth quarter of 2017, we sold PAC, the results of which were previously reported within the Wholesale business segment. For all periods prior to January 1, 2018, PAC's financial results, including the gain on sale, have been transferred to Corporate Other for enhanced comparability of the Wholesale business segment excluding PAC.


³	Reflects differences between net income reported for each business segment using management accounting practices and U.S. GAAP. Prior period information has been restated to reflect changes in internal reporting methodology. See additional information in Note 18, "Business Segment Reporting," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q.

Table 18 presents average LHFI and average deposits for our reportable business segments:



Average LHFI and Deposits by Business Segment								Table 18

	Three Months Ended June 30
	Average LHFI				Average Consumer and Commercial Deposits
(Dollars in millions)	2018		2017 ^{1, 2}		2018			2017 ^{1, 2}
Consumer		$75,450		$73,680		$111,555			$109,580
Wholesale	68,615		69,365		47,431			49,381
Corporate Other	91		1,395		(29		)	175



	Six Months Ended June 30
	Average LHFI				Average Consumer and Commercial Deposits
(Dollars in millions)	2018		2017 ^{1, 2}		2018			2017 ^{1, 2}
Consumer		$75,564		$73,247		$110,432			$108,818
Wholesale	67,889		69,469		48,638			50,070
Corporate Other	89		1,342		(7		)	118


¹	During the second quarter of 2018, certain business banking clients were transferred from the Wholesale business segment to the Consumer business segment. For all periods prior to the second quarter of 2018, the corresponding financial results have been transferred to the Consumer business segment for comparability purposes.


²	During the fourth quarter of 2017, we sold PAC, the assets and liabilities of which were previously reported within the Wholesale business segment. For all periods prior to January 1, 2018, PAC's assets and liabilities, including loans and deposits, have been transferred to Corporate Other for enhanced comparability of the Wholesale business segment excluding PAC.

101

BUSINESS SEGMENT RESULTS

Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 versus Six Months Ended June 30, 2017

Consumer

Consumer reported net income of $706 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018, an increase of $270 million, or 62%, compared to the same period in 2017. The increase was driven primarily by higher net interest income, lower provision for credit losses, and lower provision for income taxes, offset partially by lower noninterest income.

Net interest income was $2.1 billion, an increase of $156 million, or 8%, compared to the same period in 2017, driven by improved spreads on deposit balances. Net interest income related to deposits increased $156 million, or 14%, driven by a 26 basis point increase in deposit spreads and a $1.6 billion, or 1%, increase in average deposit balances. Net interest income on earning assets decreased $4 million, or 1%, driven primarily by a 6 basis point decrease in loan spreads and lower mortgage LHFS balances, offset by a $2.3 billion, or 3%, increase in average LHFI balances. Consumer loan growth was driven by increases in residential mortgages as well as online and student lending, offset partially by declines in home equity products.

Provision for credit losses was $65 million, a decrease of $106 million, or 62%, compared to the same period in 2017. The decrease was driven by lower net charge-offs, improved credit quality, and the release of hurricane-related ALLL reserves.

Total noninterest income was $904 million, a decrease of $41 million, or 4%, compared to the same period in 2017. The decrease was driven primarily by lower mortgage production related income as well as the impact of our adoption of the revenue recognition accounting standard on January 1, 2018, which resulted in the netting of certain expense items that were previously recognized in noninterest expense against client transaction-related fee income.

Total noninterest expense was $2.0 billion, a decrease of $6 million compared to the same period in 2017. The decrease was driven largely by favorable developments with certain legal matters, lower branch network-related activities, lower fraud losses, and the impact of adopting the aforementioned revenue recognition accounting standard.

Wholesale

Wholesale reported net income of $740 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018, an increase of $171 million, or 30%, compared to the same period in 2017. The increase was due to higher net interest income, lower provision for credit losses, and lower provision for income taxes, offset partially by lower noninterest income.

Net interest income was $1.1 billion, an increase of $48 million, or 5%, compared to the same period in 2017, driven primarily by improved spreads on both deposits and equity, offset partially by declines in loan and deposit volume. Net interest income related to deposits increased $59 million, or 16%, as a result of improved spreads, offset partially by decreased deposit volumes. Average deposit balances decreased $1.4 billion, or 3%, as a result of decreases in money market accounts and non-interest commercial DDAs, offset partially by increases in interest-bearing transaction accounts and business CD products. Net interest income related to LHFI decreased $32 million, or

6%, as a result of lower loan volume and spreads. The 2017 Tax Act specifically impacted tax exempt loan and lease spreads, accounting for $23 million of the $32 million year-over-year decline in net interest income related to LHFI. Average loans decreased $1.6 billion, or 2%, primarily in C&I loans. Net interest income related to equity increased $26 million, or 33%, due to higher equity balances and spreads.

Provision for credit losses was a benefit of $6 million, a decrease of $44 million compared to the same period in 2017. The decrease was due to lower loan volumes and continued improvement in overall Wholesale credit quality.

Total noninterest income was $751 million, a decrease of $20 million, or 3%, compared to the same period in 2017. The decrease was driven largely by lower investment banking income, which decreased $16 million, or 5%, as a result of lower syndication and high yield bond fees. Tax credits decreased $15 million, or 20%, driven by the lower effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2018. Commercial credit related fees were down $16 million, or 9%, as a result of lower bridge loan commitment fees. These decreases were offset partially by a $23 million remeasurement gain on an equity investment following our adoption of the recognition and measurement of financial assets accounting standard on January 1, 2018 and a $9 million, or 10%, increase in trading fees resulting from higher client-related derivative activity.

Total noninterest expense was $876 million, an increase of $9 million, or 1%, compared to the same period in 2017. The increase was due to $8 million of higher investment banking transaction expenses related to the impact of our adoption of the revenue recognition accounting standard on January 1, 2018, and higher amortization expense associated with STCC tax credit investments, offset partially by lower headcount and incentive related compensation.

Corporate Other

Corporate Other net income was $4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018, a decrease of $75 million, or 95%, compared to the same period in 2017. The decrease in net income was due primarily to lower net interest income.

Net interest income was a net expense of $69 million, a decrease of $104 million compared to the same period in 2017. The decrease was driven by lower commercial loan-related swap income due to higher benchmark interest rates. Average long-term debt decreased $456 million, or 5%, and average short-term borrowings increased $364 million, or 19%, driven by balance sheet management activities.

Total noninterest income was $40 million, a decrease of $1 million, or 2%, compared to the same period in 2017. In the second quarter of 2018, we recognized a $12 million mark-to-market gain on an equity investment in GreenSky, Inc.

Total noninterest expense was a benefit of $62 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018. The benefit increased $46 million compared to the same period in 2017 due primarily to higher recoveries of internal expense allocations during the current period.

102



Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures										Table 19
(Dollars in millions and shares in thousands, except per share data)
	Three Months Ended June 30						Six Months Ended June 30
Selected Financial Data	2018			2017			2018			2017
Summary of Operations:
Interest income		$1,759			$1,583			$3,427			$3,111
Interest expense	271			180			499			342
Net interest income	1,488			1,403			2,928			2,769
Provision for credit losses	32			90			60			209
Net interest income after provision for credit losses	1,456			1,313			2,868			2,560
Noninterest income	829			827			1,626			1,674
Noninterest expense	1,390			1,388			2,807			2,853
Income before provision for income taxes	895			752			1,687			1,381
Provision for income taxes	171			222			318			381
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	2			2			4			5
Net income		$722			$528			$1,365			$995
Net income available to common shareholders		$697			$505			$1,310			$956
Net interest income-FTE ¹		$1,510			$1,439			$2,971			$2,839
Total revenue	2,317			2,230			4,554			4,443
Total revenue-FTE ¹	2,339			2,266			4,597			4,513
Net income per average common share:
Diluted		$1.49			$1.03			$2.78			$1.94
Basic	1.50			1.05			2.80			1.97
Dividends declared per common share	0.40			0.26			0.80			0.52
Book value per common share							47.70			46.51
Tangible book value per common share ²							34.40			33.83
Market capitalization							30,712			27,319
Market price per common share:
High		$71.14			$58.75			$73.37			$61.69
Low	65.08			52.69			64.32			52.69
Close	66.02			56.72			66.02			56.72
Selected Average Balances:
Total assets		$204,548			$204,494			$204,341			$204,374
Earning assets	184,566			184,057			183,725			183,833
LHFI	144,156			144,440			143,542			144,058
Intangible assets including residential MSRs	8,355			8,024			8,300			8,025
Residential MSRs	1,944			1,603			1,889			1,603
Consumer and commercial deposits	158,957			159,136			159,063			159,006
Preferred stock	2,025			1,720			2,206			1,474
Total shareholders’ equity	24,095			24,139			24,349			23,906
Average common shares - diluted	469,339			488,020			471,468			491,989
Average common shares - basic	465,529			482,913			467,117			486,482
Financial Ratios (Annualized):
ROA	1.42		%	1.03		%	1.35		%	0.98		%
ROE	12.73			9.08			11.98			8.64
ROTCE ³	17.74			12.51			16.67			11.90
Net interest margin	3.23			3.06			3.21			3.04
Net interest margin-FTE ¹	3.28			3.14			3.26			3.11
Efficiency ratio ⁴	59.98			62.24			61.63			64.21
Efficiency ratio-FTE ^{1, 4}	59.41			61.24			61.06			63.21
Tangible efficiency ratio-FTE ^{1, 4, 5}	58.69			60.59			60.37			62.59
Total average shareholders’ equity to total average assets	11.78			11.80			11.92			11.70
Tangible common equity to tangible assets ⁶							7.96			8.11
Common dividend payout ratio							26.7			24.8

103



Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures (continued)

Selected Financial Data (continued)	Six Months Ended June 30
Capital Ratios at period end ⁷:	2018		2017
CET1	9.72	%	9.68	%
Tier 1 capital	10.86		10.81
Total capital	12.67		12.75
Leverage	9.82		9.55




(Dollars in millions, except per share data)	Three Months Ended June 30						Six Months Ended June 30
Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures	2018			2017			2018			2017
Net interest margin	3.23		%	3.06		%	3.21		%	3.04		%
Impact of FTE adjustment	0.05			0.08			0.05			0.07
Net interest margin-FTE ¹	3.28		%	3.14		%	3.26		%	3.11		%

Efficiency ratio ⁴	59.98		%	62.24		%	61.63		%	64.21		%
Impact of FTE adjustment	(0.57		)	(1.00		)	(0.57		)	(1.00		)
Efficiency ratio-FTE ^{1, 4}	59.41			61.24			61.06			63.21
Impact of excluding amortization related to intangible assets and certain tax credits	(0.72		)	(0.65		)	(0.69		)	(0.62		)
Tangible efficiency ratio-FTE ^{1, 4, 5}	58.69		%	60.59		%	60.37		%	62.59		%

ROE	12.73		%	9.08		%	11.98		%	8.64		%
Impact of removing average intangible assets other than residential MSRs and other servicing rights from average common shareholders' equity, and removing related pre-tax amortization expense from net income available to common shareholders	5.01			3.43			4.69			3.26
ROTCE³	17.74		%	12.51		%	16.67		%	11.90		%

Net interest income		$1,488			$1,403			$2,928			$2,769
FTE adjustment	22			36			43			70
Net interest income-FTE¹	1,510			1,439			2,971			2,839
Noninterest income	829			827			1,626			1,674
Total revenue-FTE ¹		$2,339			$2,266			$4,597			$4,513


(Dollars in millions, except per share data)							June 30, 2018			June 30, 2017
Total shareholders’ equity								$24,316			$24,477
Goodwill, net of deferred taxes ⁸							(6,172		)	(6,085		)
Other intangible assets (including residential MSRs and other servicing rights)							(2,036		)	(1,689		)
Residential MSRs and other servicing rights							2,022			1,671
Tangible equity ⁶							18,130			18,374
Noncontrolling interest							(103		)	(103		)
Preferred stock							(2,025		)	(1,975		)
Tangible common equity ⁶								$16,002			$16,296

Total assets								$207,505			$207,223
Goodwill							(6,331		)	(6,338		)
Other intangible assets (including residential MSRs and other servicing rights)							(2,036		)	(1,689		)
Residential MSRs and other servicing rights							2,022			1,671
Tangible assets								$201,160			$200,867
Tangible common equity to tangible assets ⁶							7.96		%	8.11		%
Tangible book value per common share ²								$34.40			$33.83

104



Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures (continued)

(Dollars in millions)
Reconciliation of PPNR ⁹	Three Months Ended June 30, 2018		Six Months Ended June 30, 2018
Income before provision for income taxes		$895		$1,687
Provision for credit losses	32		60
Less:
Net securities gains	—		1
PPNR		$927		$1,746

¹ We present net interest income-FTE, total revenue-FTE, net interest margin-FTE, efficiency ratio-FTE, and tangible efficiency ratio-FTE on a fully taxable-equivalent ("FTE") basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of net interest income from certain loans and investments using a federal tax rate of 21% for all periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and 35% for all periods prior to January 1, 2018, as well as state income taxes, where applicable, to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. We believe the FTE basis is the preferred industry measurement basis for these measures and that it enhances comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources. Total revenue-FTE is calculated as net interest income-FTE plus noninterest income. Net interest margin-FTE is calculated by dividing annualized net interest income-FTE by average total earning assets.

² We present tangible book value per common share, which removes the after-tax impact of purchase accounting intangible assets, noncontrolling interest, and preferred stock from shareholders' equity. We believe this measure is useful to investors because, by removing the amount of intangible assets that result from merger and acquisition activity, and removing the amounts of noncontrolling interest and preferred stock that do not represent our common shareholders' equity, it allows investors to more easily compare our capital position to other companies in the industry.

We present ROTCE, which removes the after-tax impact of purchase accounting intangible assets from average common shareholders' equity and removes the related intangible asset amortization from net income available to common shareholders. We believe this measure is useful to investors because, by removing the amount of intangible assets that result from merger and acquisition activity and related pre-tax amortization expense (the level of which may vary from company to company), it allows investors to more easily compare our ROTCE to other companies in the industry who present a similar measure. We also believe that removing these items provides a more relevant measure of our return on common shareholders' equity. This measure is utilized by management to assess our profitability.

⁴ Efficiency ratio is computed by dividing noninterest expense by total revenue. Efficiency ratio-FTE is computed by dividing noninterest expense by total revenue-FTE.

⁵ We present tangible efficiency ratio-FTE, which excludes amortization related to intangible assets and certain tax credits. We believe this measure is useful to investors because, by removing the impact of amortization (the level of which may vary from company to company), it allows investors to more easily compare our efficiency to other companies in the industry. This measure is utilized by management to assess our efficiency and that of our lines of business.

⁶ We present certain capital information on a tangible basis, including the ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets, tangible equity, and tangible common equity, which removes the after-tax impact of purchase accounting intangible assets. We believe these measures are useful to investors because, by removing the amount of intangible assets that result from merger and acquisition activity (the level of which may vary from company to company), it allows investors to more easily compare our capital position to other companies in the industry. These measures are utilized by management to analyze capital adequacy.

⁷ Basel III capital ratios are calculated under the standardized approach using regulatory capital methodology applicable to us for each period presented, including the phase-in of transition provisions. Refer to the "Capital Resources" section of this MD&A for additional regulatory capital information.

⁸ Net of deferred taxes of $159 million and $253 million at June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

⁹ We present the reconciliation of PPNR because it is a performance metric utilized by management and in certain of our compensation plans. PPNR impacts the level of awards if certain thresholds are met. We believe this measure is useful to investors because it allows investors to compare our PPNR to other companies in the industry who present a similar measure.

105



Item 3.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

See the “Enterprise Risk Management” section of the MD&A in this Form 10-Q, which is incorporated herein by reference.



Item 4.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company's management conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) at June 30, 2018. The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based upon the evaluation, the CEO and CFO

concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective at June 30, 2018.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted several new accounting standards and implemented relevant changes to its control activities and processes to monitor and maintain appropriate internal controls over financial reporting. There were no other changes to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the six months ended June 30, 2018 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Refer to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION


Item 1.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to numerous claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of its business activities, some of which involve claims for substantial amounts. Although the ultimate outcome of these suits cannot be ascertained at this time, it is the opinion of management that none of these matters, when resolved, will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, cash flows, or financial condition. For additional information, see Note 17, “Contingencies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q, which is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 1A.	RISK FACTORS

The risks described in this report and in the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K are not the only risks facing the Company. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known, or that the Company currently deems to be immaterial, also may adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition, or future results. In addition to the information set forth in this report, factors discussed in Part I, Item 1A., “Risk Factors,” in the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K and in Part II, Item 1A., “Risk Factors,” in the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2018, which could materially affect the Company's business, financial condition, or future results, should be carefully considered.

106


Item 2.	UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

(a) None.

(b) None.



				Table 20
	Common Stock ¹
	Total Number of Shares Purchased	Average Price Paid per Share	Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs	Approximate Dollar Value of Equity that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs at Period End (in millions)
January 1 - 31	4,550,359	$68.03	4,550,359	$350
February 1 - 28	287,254	71.08	287,254	330
March 1 - 31	—	—	—	330
Total during first quarter of 2018	4,837,613	68.22	4,837,613	330

April 1 - 30	4,910,576	67.20	4,910,576	—
May 1 - 31	—	—	—	—
June 1 - 30	—	—	—	—
Total during second quarter of 2018	4,910,576	67.20	4,910,576	—

Total year-to-date 2018	9,748,189	$67.70	9,748,189	$—

¹During the three and six months ended June 30, 2018, no shares of SunTrust common stock were surrendered by participants in SunTrust's employee stock option plans, where participants may pay the exercise price upon exercise of SunTrust stock options by surrendering shares of SunTrust common stock that the participant already owns. SunTrust considers any such shares surrendered by participants in SunTrust's employee stock option plans to be repurchased pursuant to the authority and terms of the applicable stock option plan rather than pursuant to publicly announced share repurchase programs.

During the second quarter of 2018, the Company repurchased $330 million of its outstanding common stock at market value, completing its repurchase of $1.32 billion of authorized common equity under the 2017 CCAR capital plan, which the Company initially announced on June 28, 2017 and which effectively expired on June 30, 2018.

On June 28, 2018, the Company announced that the Federal Reserve had no objections to the repurchase of up to $2.0 billion of the Company's outstanding common stock to be completed between July 1, 2018 and June 30, 2019, as part of the Company's 2018 capital plan submitted in connection with the 2018 CCAR.

At June 30, 2018, a total of 1.2 million Series A and B warrants to purchase the Company's common stock remained outstanding. The Series A and B warrants have expiration dates of December 2018 and November 2018, respectively.

In the first quarter of 2018, the Company redeemed all 4,500 issued and outstanding shares of its Series E Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms of the Series E Preferred Stock. The Company did not repurchase any shares of its Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, or Series H Preferred Stock during the first six months of 2018, and there was no unused Board authority to repurchase any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, or Series H Preferred Stock.

Refer to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the Company's equity securities.

107


Item 3.	DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

None.


Item 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.


Item 5.	OTHER INFORMATION

None.


Item 6.	EXHIBITS



Exhibit Number	Description
3.1	Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, restated effective January 20, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 22, 2009, as further amended by (i) Articles of Amendment dated December 13, 2012, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 and 4.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 20, 2012, (ii) the Articles of Amendment dated November 6, 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 and 4.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 7, 2014, (iii) the Articles of Amendment dated May 2, 2017, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 2, 2017, and (iv) the Articles of Amendment dated November 13, 2017, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 14, 2017.	*

3.2	Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended and restated on August 11, 2015, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 13, 2015.	*

31.1	Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	**

31.2	Certification of Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	**

32.1	Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	**

32.2	Certification of Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	**

101.1	Interactive Data File.	**



*	incorporated by reference
**	filed herewith

108

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.



		SUNTRUST BANKS, INC.
		(Registrant)

Date:	August 3, 2018	By: /s/ R. Ryan Richards
		R. Ryan Richards, Senior Vice President and Controller (on behalf of the registrant and as Principal Accounting Officer)

109